Top Banner
dummyhead dummyhead How to use this manual How to use this manual A Few Words About Safety SERVICE INFORMATION The service and repair information contained in this manual is intended for use by qualified, professional technicians. Attempting service or repairs without the proper training, tools, and equipment could cause injury to you and/or others. It could also damage this Honda product or create an unsafe condition. This manual describes the proper methods and procedures for performing service, maintenance, and repairs. Some procedures require the use special tools. Any person who intends to use a replacement part, service procedure, or a tool that is not recommended by Honda must determine the risks to their personal safety and the safe operation of this product. If you need to replace a part, use Honda Genuine parts with the correct part number or an equivalent part. We strongly recommend that you do not use replacement parts of inferior quality. For Your Customer’s Safety Proper service and maintenance are essential to the customer’s safety and the reliability of this product. Any error or oversight while servicing this product can result in faulty operation, damage to the product, or injury to others. For Your Safety Because this manual is intended for the professional service technician, we do not provide warnings about many basic shop safety practices (e.g., Hot parts-wear gloves). If you have not received shop safety training or do not feel confident about your knowledge of safe servicing practices, we recommend that you do not attempt to perform the procedures described in this manual. Some of the most important general service safety precautions are given below. However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in performing service and repair procedures. Only you can decide whether or not you should perform a given task. Important Safety Precautions Make sure you have a clear understanding of all basic shop safety practices and that you are wearing appropriate clothing and using safety equipment. When performing any service task, be especially careful of the following: Read all of the instructions before you begin, and make sure you have the tools, the replacement or repair parts, and the skills required to perform the tasks safely and completely. Protect your eyes by using proper safety glasses, goggles, or face shields anytime you hammer, drill, grind, or work around pressurized air, pressurized liquids, springs, or other stored-energy components. If there is any doubt, put on eye protection. Use other protective wear when necessary, for example gloves or safety shoes. Handling hot or sharp parts can cause severe burns or cuts. Before you grab something that looks like it can hurt you, stop and put on gloves. Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make sure that the blade rests, before operation. Improper service or repairs can create an unsafe condition that can cause your customer or others to be seriously hurt or killed. Follow the procedures and precautions in this manual and other service materials carefully. Failure to properly follow instructions and precautions can cause you to be seriously hurt or killed. Follow the procedures and precautions in this manual carefully.
324

dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

Apr 17, 2018

Download

Documents

nguyen_duong
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

How to use this manual

How to use this manualA Few Words About SafetySERVICE INFORMATIONThe service and repair information contained in this manual is intended for use by qualified, professional technicians. Attemptingservice or repairs without the proper training, tools, and equipment could cause injury to you and/or others. It could also damagethis Honda product or create an unsafe condition.

This manual describes the proper methods and procedures for performing service, maintenance, and repairs. Some proceduresrequire the use special tools. Any person who intends to use a replacement part, service procedure, or a tool that is notrecommended by Honda must determine the risks to their personal safety and the safe operation of this product.

If you need to replace a part, use Honda Genuine parts with the correct part number or an equivalent part. We strongly recommendthat you do not use replacement parts of inferior quality.

For Your Customer’s SafetyProper service and maintenance are essential to the customer’s safety and the reliability of this product. Any error or oversightwhile servicing this product can result in faulty operation, damage to the product, or injury to others.

For Your SafetyBecause this manual is intended for the professional service technician, we do not provide warnings about many basic shop safetypractices (e.g., Hot parts-wear gloves). If you have not received shop safety training or do not feel confident about your knowledgeof safe servicing practices, we recommend that you do not attempt to perform the procedures described in this manual.

Some of the most important general service safety precautions are given below. However, we cannot warn you of everyconceivable hazard that can arise in performing service and repair procedures. Only you can decide whether or not you shouldperform a given task.

Important Safety PrecautionsMake sure you have a clear understanding of all basic shop safety practices and that you are wearing appropriate clothing andusing safety equipment. When performing any service task, be especially careful of the following:

• Read all of the instructions before you begin, and make sure you have the tools, the replacement or repair parts, and the skillsrequired to perform the tasks safely and completely.

• Protect your eyes by using proper safety glasses, goggles, or face shields anytime you hammer, drill, grind, or work aroundpressurized air, pressurized liquids, springs, or other stored-energy components. If there is any doubt, put on eye protection.

• Use other protective wear when necessary, for example gloves or safety shoes. Handling hot or sharp parts can cause severeburns or cuts. Before you grab something that looks like it can hurt you, stop and put on gloves.

• Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make sure that the blade rests, before operation.

Improper service or repairs can create an unsafe condition that can cause your customer or others to be seriously hurt or killed.

Follow the procedures and precautions in this manual and other service materials carefully.

Failure to properly follow instructions and precautions can cause you to be seriously hurt or killed.

Follow the procedures and precautions in this manual carefully.

0-1

Page 2: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

CONTENTS

dummyheaddummyhead

GENERAL INFORMATION 1TECHNICAL FEATURES 2INSTALLATION 3

SERVICE INFORMATION 4MAINTENANCE 5TROUBLESHOOTING 6COVER 7WHEEL/TRACTION MOTOR 8BLADE/BLADE MOTOR 9OTHER ELECTRICAL 10DOCKING STATION 11WIRING DIAGRAMS 12INDEX
Page 3: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

How to use this manual

INTRODUCTIONThis manual covers the service and repair procedures for the Honda HRM300/HRM500 robotic lawnmower.

All information contained in this manual is based on the latest product information available at the time of printing. We reserve theright to make changes at anytime without notice.

No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, by any means, electronic,mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without prior written permission of the publisher. This includes text, figures, andtables.

As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded by a symbol. The purpose of this message is to helpprevent damage to this Honda product, other property, or the environment.

SAFETY MESSAGESYour safety and the safety of other, are very important. To help you make informed decisions, we have provided safety messagesand other safety information throughout this manual. Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the hazardsassociated with servicing these products. You must use your own good judgement.

© Honda Motor Co., Ltd.SERVICE PUBLICATION OFFICE

Date of Issue: January 2013

You will find important safety information in a variety of forms, including: • Safety Labels – on the product. • Safety Messages – preceded by a safety alert symbol and one of three signal words, DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.

These signal words mean:

You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don’t follow instructions.

You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don’t follow instructions.

You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow instructions.

• Instructions – how to service these products correctly and safely.

ALL INFORMATION, ILLUSTRATIONS, DIRECTIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDED IN THIS PUBLICATION ARE BASED ON THE LATEST PRODUCT INFORMATION AVAILABLE AT THE TIME OF APPROVAL FOR PRINTING. Honda Motor Co., Ltd. RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE CHANGES AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE AND WITHOUT INCURRING ANY OBLIGATION WHATSOEVER. NO PART OF THIS PUBLICATION MAY BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION. THIS MANUAL IS WRITTEN FOR PERSONS WHO HAVE ACQUIRED BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF MAINTENANCE ON Honda PRODUCTS.

0-3

Page 4: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

How to use this manual

SERVICE RULES • Use Honda Genuine or Honda-recommended parts and lubricants or their equivalents. Parts that do not meet Honda’s design

specifications may damage the unit. • Use the special tools designed for the product. • Install new gaskets, O-rings, etc. when reassembling. • When torquing bolts or nuts, begin with larger-diameter or inner bolts first and tighten to the specified torque diagonally, unless

a particular sequence is specified. • Clean parts in cleaning solvent upon disassembly. Lubricate any sliding surfaces before reassembly. • After reassembly, check all parts for proper installation and operation. • Many screws used in this machine are self-tapping. Be aware that cross-threading or overtightening these screws will strip the

threads and ruin the hole.

Use only metric tools when servicing this unit. Metric bolts, nuts, and screws are not interchangeable with non-metric fasteners. Theuse of incorrect tools and fasteners will damage the unit.

SYMBOLSThe symbols used throughout this manual show specific service procedures. If supplementary information is required pertaining tothese symbols, it will be explained specifically in the text without the use of the symbols.

Replace the part(s) with new one(s) before assembly.

Use the recommend engine oil, unless otherwise specified.

Use molybdenum oil solution (mixture of the engine oil and molybdenum grease in a ratio of 1:1).

Use multi-purpose grease (lithium based multi-purpose grease NLGI #2 or equivalent).

Use marine grease (water resistant urea based grease).

Apply a locking agent. Use a medium strength locking agent unless otherwise specified.

Apply sealant.

Use automatic transmission fluid.

( x ) ( ) Indicates the diameter, length, and quantity of metric bolts used.page 1-1 Indicates the reference page.

0-4

Page 5: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MEMO

Page 6: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

1. GENERAL INFORMATION

1

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION ·····················1-2

TYPE CODE ··················································1-2

SPECIFICATIONS·········································1-2

NOISE····························································1-2

TRANSMISSION AND DRIVING PART ········1-3

RUNNING SPEED········································· 1-3

TRANSMISSION AND WORKING PART····· 1-3

ELECTRICAL ················································ 1-3

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS························· 1-4

1-1

Page 7: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

GENERAL INFORMATION

GENERAL INFORMATIONSERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONThe serial number is located in the following location.

Always refer to this number when making technical inquiries or ordering parts in order to obtain the correct parts.

TYPE CODE

SPECIFICATIONS

NOISE

FRAME SERIAL NUMBER

Type REGIONEAE EU except for U.K.EAB U.K. EAS Switzerland

Model HRM300 HRM500Description code MAWF MBAFType EAE EAB EAS EAE EAB EASOverall length 645 mm (25.4 in)Overall width 550 mm (21.7 in)Overall height 275 mm (10.8 in) Curb weight 11.5 kg (25.4 lbs) 11.8 kg (26.0 lbs) Tread width Front 305 mm (12.0 in)

Rear 400 mm (15.7 in)Wheel base 300 mm (11.8 in)Cutting width 220 mm (8.7 in)Height adjust 20 - 60 mm (0.8 - 2.4 in)Wheel diameter

Front 100 mm (3.9 in)Rear 200 mm (7.9 in)

Operation mode MulchingBlade brake type Electrical brake

Docking stationOverall length 790 mm (31.1 in)Overall width 585 mm (23.0 in)Overall height 225 mm (8.9 in) Curb weight 2.0 kg (4.4 lbs)

Model HRM300 HRM500Sound pressure level at operator‘s ears (IEC60335-2-107 ed1.0)

Not exceeding 70 dB (A)

Measured level 46 dB (A)

1-2

Page 8: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

GENERAL INFORMATION

TRANSMISSION AND DRIVING PART

RUNNING SPEED

TRANSMISSION AND WORKING PART

ELECTRICAL

Model HRM300 HRM500Motor Name DC motor (Geared motor)

Type 3-Phase DC Brushless typeRated power 10.8 W Rated speed 38.2 min-1 (rpm)Speed reducing ratio 152

Service voltage 22.2 V

Model HRM300 HRM500Type EAE/EAB/EASAxle rotating speed min-1 (rpm)

Forward 0 – 52.5Reverse 0 – 23.9

Running speed (m/s)

Forward 0 – 0.55Reverse 0 – 0.25

Model HRM300 HRM500Motor Name DC motor

Type 3-Phase DC Brushless typeRated power 25.3 W Rated speed 2,200 min-1 (rpm)Service voltage 22.2 V

Model HRM300 HRM500Type EAE EAB EAS EAE EAB EASBattery Type Li-ion

Voltage 22.2 V (6 series)Capacity 1,800 mAh (1 parallel) 3,600 mAh (2 parallel)

Transformer Output 2.3 A/60 VAInput AC 230 V AC 240 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 240 V AC 230 V

1-3

Page 9: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

GENERAL INFORMATION

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGSUnit: mm (in)

645 (25.4)

300 (11.8)

550 (21.7)

275

(10.

8)

220 (8.7)

400 (15.7)

305 (12.0)

165 (6.5) 165 (6.5)

790 (31.1)

225

(8.9

)

585 (23.0)

1-4

Page 10: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

2. TECHNICAL FEATURES

2

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION·······························2-2

2-1

Page 11: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

TECHNICAL FEATURESSYSTEM DESCRIPTIONSUMMARYThis system consists of lawnmower, docking station and boundary wire.

The robotic lawnmower powered by battery has sensors which detect the location of the boundary wire and docking station.

The lawnmower mows automatically under the requirements set up by user.

The docking station generates a pulse current to the boundary wire and transmits particular pulse signal from itself.Lawnmower uses those signals to stay in its mowing zone and to return back to the docking station for recharging.

Lawnmower working time and other mowing settings can be programmed to match customers requirements.

PULSE CURRENT

DOCKING STATION

LAWNMOWER

BOUNDARY WIRE

SENSOR

BATTERY

MOWING ZONE

TRANSFORMER

POWER OUTLET

2-2

Page 12: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

LAWNMOWERThis lawnmower consists of below core components.

4-b

2-a

6-a

1-b6-b

2-b3-b

3-b

3-a

3-a

3-f 3-c,d,g3-h

3-h

3-h

4-a

5-a

5-b7-a

8-a

8-b

3-e1-a

CATEGORY PARTS NAME FUNCTION1 MOTOR a TRACTION MOTOR Drive the rear wheels

b BLADE MOTOR Drive the blade disc2 CONTROL a MAIN ECU System control

b DISPLAY UNIT Display control3 SENSOR a LIFT SENSOR Detect the top cover position changing (Moving

distance of up or down)b OBSTRUCTION SENSOR Detect the top cover position changing (Moving

distance of front or rear and right or left)c TILT SENSOR Detect the angle of inclinationd ROLL OVER SENSOR Detect upside downe MOTOR SENSOR L. Detect the revolutions of the traction motorf BLADE MOTOR SENSOR Detect the revolutions of the blade motorg YAW SENSOR Detect the angular velocityh AREA SENSOR Detect the boundary wire

4 CHARGING a CHARGING SOCKET Battery chargingb BATTERY -

5 SWITCH a POWER SWITCH -b MANUAL STOP BUTTON Stop the move of lawnmower

6 BLADE a BLADE DISC -b HEIGHT ADJUSTER HANDLE -

7 COMMUNICATION a CONTROL DISPLAY -8 COVER a TOP COVER -

b MAIN COVER -

2-3

Page 13: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

DOCKING STATION/BOUNDARY WIRE/TRANSFORMERDocking station/Boundary wire/Transformer consists of below core components.

BOUNDARY WIRE

PULSE GENERATOR

CHARGING PLUG

DOCKING STATION

TRANSFORMER

POWER CORD

UNIT PARTS FUNCTION1 DOCKING STATION PULSE GENERATOR Output the pulse current to detect the

boundary wire and location of the docking station by lawnmower

2 CHARGING PLUG Charging plug3 BOUNDARY WIRE Delimit the area 4 TRANSFOMER AC 230V or 240V → AC 26V

2-4

Page 14: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

BASIC OPERATION OF THE LAWNMOWERBOUNDARY WIRE FUNCTIONThe boundary wire is in loop shape and starts from the docking station.

The boundary wire can utilize the below three functions by changing the shape.1. Avoid the obstacle.2. Create the mowing zone.3. Returning guide to the docking station

Refer to the section three for details of the boundary wire installation.

HOME

OBSTRUCTION

Guide to the docking station

Avoid the obstruction

Do not intersect.

MOWING ZONE

BOUNDARY WIRE Do not setup less than 90 degrees.

Avoid the obstruction

BOUNDARY WIRE

This distance comes from the "Wire overlap" setting (page 3-23, 3-30).

1. Avoid the obstacle and 2. Create the mowing zone:These movements use function of "Wire overlap" setting (page 3-11).When the lawnmower overlap the boundary wire, it will stop instantly, move backward and turns away (page 2-8).

2-5

Page 15: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

3. Returning guide to the docking station:When the lawnmower returns to the docking station, it will follow the boundary wire until it receives the docking station signal. The short cut wire is effective in ensuring a rapid returning back to the docking station.

Short cut wire is installed (Two lines): The return distance to the docking station will be short.

Short cut wire is installed (One line): The return distance to the docking station will be short.

Short cut wire is not installed: The return distance to the docking station will be long.

Short cut wire is not installed: The return distance to the docking station will be long.

STATION SIGNAL RANGE

2-6

Page 16: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

MOVING TO THE MOWING ZONEUnder the programmed timing and requirements below, the lawnmower will move away from the docking station and will run alongthe boundary wire and eventually enter the mowing zone.

1. Moving direction (From the docking station, clockwise or anti-clockwise)2. Moving distance from the docking station along the boundary wire (0 - 250m)3. Exit angle from the boundary wire (10° - 170°)

MOWING PATTERNSThe lawnmower has the three mowing patterns and follows one of them under the requirements.

ACW CW

10° - 170°

0 - 250m

DOCKING STATION

BOUNDARY WIRE

LAWNMOWER

RANDOM MODE:With this setting, when the lawnmower detects the boundary wire, it turns at a wide angle.This is the most effective for large open area of grass. For normal operation,use this setting.

DIRECTIONAL MODE:With this setting, when the lawnmower detects the boundary wire, it turns at a narrow angle. This is used for mowing narrow areas.

MIX MODE =RANDOM + DIRECTIONAL MODE:With this setting, the lawnmower alternates between the Random mowing pattern and the Directional mowing pattern at regular intervals. This is used for mowing complex areas (lots of obstacles).

+ =

2-7

Page 17: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

DETECTION OF THE BOUNDARY WIREThe overlap distance of the lawnmower from the boundary wire is possible to set up (20 - 45cm). The lawnmower detects the boundary wire by using three area sensors.

If one of the area sensors goes beyond the boundary wire and overlap distance is reached, the lawnmower will stop instantly, movebackward and rotates until all of the sensor confirm that the lawnmower is inside of the boundary wire.

If all of the area sensor are outside from the boundary wire, the lawnmower will stop the blade motor and traction motor, alsoindicate the information on the display.

If the lawnmower cannot receive the signal from the boundary wire, the lawnmower will stop the blade motor and traction motor andindicate the information on the display until it receives the signal again.

AREA SENSOR OPERATING IMAGE

One of the front area sensor goes beyond the boundary wire

All of the area sensor are outside of the boundary wire

Lawnmower cannot receive the signal from the boundary wire

Stops the blade motor and traction motors

Stops the blade motor and traction motors

BOUNDARY WIRE PULSE CURRENT

INSIDE OF THE AREA

OUTSIDE OF THE AREA

The area sensor detect the magnetic flux direction changing when beyond the boundary wire.

Overlap distance

2-8

Page 18: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

RUNNING SPEED ADJUSTMENTTo maintain uniform blade rotation frequency the ECU monitors the current load placed on the battery.The ECU will adapt the wheel rotation speed to the load applied to the blades.

The blade rotates 360 degrees as to reduce the impact when hitting an obstruction.

If the load remains constant even when the wheel rotation stops, the ECU will stop the blade motor and exit the area.

SLOWNORMAL NORMAL

OBSTRUCTIONS

BLADE

BLADE

2-9

Page 19: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

MOVEMENT OF THE LAWNMOWER WHEN IT HITS AN OBSTRUCTIONWhen the lawnmower hit obstructions, the obstruction sensor detects the crosswise movement of the top cover, the lawnmowerstops and changes direction. The display will show a message or sound an alarm depending on the repetition of hitting theobstruction.

• Continuing time of hitting in three seconds, the lawnmower change direction. • Continuing time of hitting over the three seconds, the lawnmower stop the blade motor. After changing direction, the blade motor

start again. • Continuing time of hitting over the nine seconds, the lawnmower stop the blade motor, traction motors, sound short alarm and

show the message on the display until you put the PIN code. • If the number of hitting times is over ten in 20 seconds, the lawnmower stop the blade motor, traction motors, sound short alarm

and show the message on the display until you put the PIN code.

OBSTRUCTION SENSOR OPERATING IMAGE

IN THREE SECONDS OVER ABOUT THREE SECONDS

OVER NINE SECONDS OR NUMBER OF HITTING TIMES IS OVER TEN IN 20 SECONDS.

SENSOR SENSOR

MAGNET

MAGNET

The lawnmower change direction. The lawnmower stop the blade motor. After changing direction, the blade motor start again.

The lawnmower stop the blade motor, traction motors, sound short alarm and show the message on the display until you put the PIN code.

SLIDE

OUTPUT SIGNAL

NORMALHIT TO OBSTRUCTION

2-10

Page 20: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

MOVEMENT OF THE LAWNMOWER WHEN IT ENCOUNTERS AN OBSTRUCTION OR IS LIFTED UPWhen the lawnmower encounters an obstructions or is lifted up, the lift sensor detect the top cover moving. The lawnmower willstop the blade motor and change direction, rotate, or stop with showing the message on the display or sound an alarm dependingon the continuing time of run up or lifted up.

• When the lift sensor detects the changing circumstance, the lawnmower will stop the blade motor and move backward androtate. After changing direction, the blade motor start again.

• If the mower is lifted for over the nine seconds, the lawnmower will stop and show the message on the display and sound analarm until you put the PIN code.

LIFT SENSOR OPERATING IMAGE

OBSTACLE ENCOUNTER MORE THAN NINE SECONDS OF OBSTRUCTION

STEEL PLATE ON THE MAIN COVER

SENSOR

LIFTED

The lawnmower will stop the traction motor, show the message on the display and sound an alarm until you put the PIN code.

The lawnmower will stop the blade motor and change direction.

OUTPUT SIGNAL

2-11

Page 21: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

MOVEMENT OF THE LAWNMOWER WHEN IT TILTS OR ROLL OVERThe tilt sensor and roll over sensor on the ECU detect the angle of the lawnmower. Depending on the angle, the lawnmower willescape from slope or stop with showing the message on the display or sound an alarm.

• When the tilt sensor detects the angle of inclination of the lawnmower reaches 25 degrees, the lawnmower escape from slope. • When the tilt sensor detects the angle of the lawnmower reaches 35 degrees, the lawnmower will stop the blade motor, traction

motor and show the message on the display until you move the lawnmower to the level ground and put the PIN code. • When the tilt sensor detects the angle of the lawnmower reaches 55 degrees or the roll over sensor detects that the lawnmower

is upside down, the lawnmower will stop and show the message on the display and sound an alarm until you move thelawnmower to the level ground and put the PIN code.

25° 35°UPSIDE DOWN

More than 55°

The lawnmower escape from slope.

The lawnmower will stop the blade motor, traction motor and show the message on the display until you move the lawnmower to the level ground and put the PIN code.

The lawnmower will stop the blade motor, traction motor, show the message on the display and sound an alarm until you move the lawnmower to the level ground and put the PIN code.

LAWNMOWER

or

25° 35°

2-12

Page 22: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

RETURN TO THE DOCKING STATIONThe lawnmower generally runs along the boundary wire and required time to return to station will depends on the shape and lengthof the boundary wire.

1. When the timer is ending or battery voltage is low, the lawnmower will start searching the docking station‘s signal and returndirectly for 5 minutes.

2. If the lawnmower can not detect the station signal, the lawnmower will return to the docking station along the boundary wire.

DOCKING STATIONBOUNDARY WIRE

DOCKING STATION SIGNAL

LAWNMOWER

DOCKING STATIONBOUNDARY WIRE

ALONG THE BOUNDARY WIRE

LAWNMOWER

2-13

Page 23: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MEMO

Page 24: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

3. INSTALLATION

3

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS·····························3-2

BEFORE INSTALLATION·····························3-4

BOUNDARY WIRE INSTALLATION·············3-9

PROGRAMING············································ 3-15

SETTING METHODE ·································· 3-18

3-1

Page 25: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

INSTALLATIONSAFETY INSTRUCTIONSPRECAUTIONSCarefully observe the following precautions.

• Make sure to keep your hands, feet and any other body parts away from the rotating blades. • Do not touch sharp components such as the blades or blade disc other than when performing maintenance.

• Always press the MANUAL STOP BUTTON first before you physically interact with the lawnmower such as lifting, turningsideway or upside down.

• Local regulations may restrict the age of the operator. • Keep in mind that the operator or user is responsible for accidents or hazards occurring to other people

or their property. • Before using the robotic lawnmower or entering the work area, persons using a pacemaker or other medical device should

consult a doctor. • Do not ride on the lawnmower, push the lawnmower, or use it for anything other than its intended purpose. • Never use the lawnmower in the immediate vicinity of people, especially children or pets. • Carry out your mowing operation only within the boundary wire area. • Do not use automatic lawn watering systems while the lawnmower is operating, as the watering equipment may become

damaged and the likelihood of water penetration into the lawnmower is greatly increased. Adjust lawnmower and wateringsystem timers so they do not operate at the same time.

• If there is a risk of adverse weather such as lightning or a storm, stop operation and disconnect the power cord. • Parts of this product may become warm in direct sunlight. Make sure you do not touch these parts if they become extremely hot

or you may burn yourself. • Do not charge the lawnmower with anything other than the docking station. An accident may occur or the lawnmower may be

damaged. • If the power supply cord is damaged, immediately stop using the system. • If there are any holes (such as rabbit holes, etc.) in the work area, fill them in so that the work area is level. Periodically check

the work area for holes. • Do the preventive measure of static electricity by using commercially available goods such as grounded wrist strap before you

handle internal components (main ECU, station ECU, display, battery and sensor etc). If you do not have one, touch both of yourhands to a safely grounded object or to an unpainted metal surface.

MANUAL STOP BUTTON

3-2

Page 26: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

OBSERVE THE FOLLOWING POINTS FOR YOUR SAFETYCarefully observe the following precautions.

• When carrying the lawnmower, turn it off and carry it as explained in this manual (see Owner‘s Manual:32VP7600 page 46) withthe blades facing away from you.

• When carrying the lawnmower, make sure to carry it by the designated areas (see Owner‘s Manual:32VP7600 page 46). If youcarry the lawnmower in any other way, you risk injury from the blades or charging socket of the lawnmower. You may also dropand damage the lawnmower.

• Always use thick work gloves when performing maintenance. If you do not, you may be injured by the blades.

• Before operation, always check the work area and remove any branches, rocks, and other objects that can damage the bladesand cause the lawnmower to stop. If you do not, you may be injured from objects that are ejected from the bottom of thelawnmower, or the lawnmower may become damaged.

• When performing maintenance on the lawnmower, make sure to press the manual STOP button and stop the lawnmower frommoving. If the lawnmower is moving, an accident may occur.

• Lay the boundary wire so that it is held firmly in place, and perform periodic checks after laying it to ensure that it has notslackened. If the boundary wire protrudes from the ground, you or someone else may trip on it and fall.

• Do not touch the exposed tip of a boundary wire that has been cut or damaged. You may be injured or electrocute yourself. • If you find that the boundary wire has been cut, turn off the lawnmower, unplug the transformer’s plug from the power outlet

(House). • Do not touch the charging socket. If you touch it, you may become injured. • Do not touch the power outlet (House), cord, and transformer with wet hands. • Do not touch the power outlet (House), cord, and transformer if the power outlet (House), power cord, or transformer is wet. • If the transformer cable insulation is broken, immediately stop work. • Perform periodic checks to confirm that no dust, dirt, or other things have gathered in or on the power outlet (House), power

cord, or transformer. If such things are present, remove them or they may cause a fire. • When connecting the plug, hold the plug by its designated grip area. Failure to hold the plug correctly may result in electrocution

if you touch the connector area. • When approaching the operating lawnmower, pay attention to materials that may be scattered by the blades. • Never attempt to tamper the lawnmower. It can cause an accident as well as damage to the lawnmower.

• To protect the environment, do not dispose of this product, battery, etc. carelessly by leaving them in the waste.

• Observe the local laws and regulations for disposal.

3-3

Page 27: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

BEFORE INSTALLATIONPARTS LISTThe Honda Miimo robotic lawnmower box will contain the following parts:

BLADE REPLACEMENTThere is a risk of damage to the blades if the proper requirements are not met.

Remove all objects from the designated mowing area that may cause damage to the mower blades before installation.

When you replace the blade, replace all blades together (page 9-2).

No.

PARTS NAME PARTS No. Q’tyHRM300 HRM500 HRM300 HRM500

1 DOCKING STATION 31220-VP7-000 12 LAWNMOWER - - 1

3 a TRANSFORMER EAE TYPE 31786-VP7-003 1 EAB TYPE 31786-VP7-631 EAS TYPE 31786-VP7-621

b POWER CORD 31782-VP7-003 14 BOUNDARY WIRE 31575-VP7-750 31575-VP7-000 1 (200m) 1(300m)5 a SCREWS FOR DOCKING STATION 31227-VP7-000 7

b CONNECTORS FOR BOUNDARY WIRE 31579-VP7-007 26 OWNER’S MANUAL 00X32-VP7-600 17 PEGS SET FOR BOUNDARY WIRE 31225-VP7-000 4 6

PARTS NAME PARTS No. Q’tyBLADE 72511-VP7-000 3

1 2

4

3-a

3-b

7 7

7 7 7

7

5

6

5-b

5-a

OK REPLACE

3-4

Page 28: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

BATTERY CHARGINGBefore the installation, the battery will need to be charged.

After the initial setup of the lawnmower (page 3-15), follow the below steps.

Set the charging socket of the lawnmower to the plug of the station.

Ensure that the charging socket on the mower and docking station are in a well ventilated area that is protected from the weather.

Press the manual stop button and you can check the charging condition on the display.

Before installation can proceed, the battery must be at minimum 70% charged.

If the battery is discharged below 70%, "Auto mode" may not start.

LAWNMOWER

CHARGING SOCKET

DOCKING STATION

CHARGING PLUG

DOCKING STATION

LAWNMOWER

TRANSFORMER

POWER CORD

POWER OUTLET(HOUSE)

MANUAL STOP BUTTON

DISPLAY

3-5

Page 29: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

PLANNING THE MOWING ZONE CHECK THE MOWING ZONE CONDITION • Confirm that the height of the grass is 7cm or less. If the grass is taller than 7cm, cut the grass using a standard lawnmower.

• Do not lay boundary wire so that it intersects on a slope of more than 10 degrees (17%). You can lay boundary wire parallel to aslope of more than 10 degrees (17%) in order to access an area with a slope of less than 10 degrees(17%).

FIX THE LOCATION OF THE DOCKING STATION • The docking station must be installed at an inclination of no more than 5 degrees (8.7%).

• The docking station must not be curved.

• Prefer shading area to install the docking station. • The boundary wire must extend in a straight line 250cmfrom both the front and rear of the docking station. • There must not be foreign objects within the mowing area near the docking station (in the shaded area indicated in the image).

• The transformer must be placed where it is well ventilated and under the roof.

7cm or less

More than 10 degrees (17%)

Less than 10 degrees (17%)

5 degrees (8.7%)

5 degrees (8.7%)

5 degrees (8.7%)

5 degrees (8.7%)

250cm 250cm

300cm

3-6

Page 30: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

BASIC INSTALLATION PATTERN OF THE BOUNDARY WIRE Make a loop shape by the boundary wire starting from the docking station.

Maximum length between the boundary wire and the lawnmower is 30m.

If the lawnmower is more than 30m away from the boundary wire, the lawnmower cannot detect the signal (pulse current).

Total length of the boundary wire should be less than 500m.

Do not make passages for lawnmower less than 1m in width.

The short cut wire ensures an expedited return to the docking station under certain circumstances.

30 - 50cm

Divide the mowing zone: More than wire overlap set up value (page 3-11).

20cm or less

HOME

OBSTRUCTION SHORT CUT WIRE

5mm or less(If the distance between the wires is more than 10 mm, the lawnmower will detect the boundary wire and slow down or rotate)

Do not intersect.

BOUNDARY WIRE

DOCKING STATION

Do not setup less than 90 degrees.

25 - 30cm

30cm

If the distance between the wires is 20cm, in order to let the mower cross the shortcut wire while mowing, wire overlap setting should be set to a value over 35cm and incident angle to the wire is 60 degrees or more.

A A

B

A = 250cm

B = 300cm

No other wire than those shown below in the rectangle is authorized.

SHORT CUT WIRE: ONE LINE

Distance from the center screw to the end of the short cut wire should be 80 - 85cm

90 degrees

The sensitivity level setting should be high or middle (page 3-9).

25 - 30cm

30cm

18 - 20cm

1. In order to let the mower cross the shortcut wire while mowing, wire overlap setting should be set to a value over 35cm (page 3-11).

2. When the depth of the wire is over 5cm, wire distance should be 16 - 20cm.

3-7

Page 31: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

MAKE THE "LAWN DIAGRAM"Make the "LAWN DIAGRAM" (Refer to Owner‘s Manual: 32VP7600 /page 65) and hand over to the customer and keep a sparecopy for dealer records.

This will help to ensure that any ground works in the garden can be made whilst carefully considering the boundary wire location.

• Record each measurements of the shape of the wire. • Record the zone location.

Distance between walls and boundary wire has to be adapted according to wire overlap setting (page 3-11).

Distance from the letter "N" from "HONDA" logo to the end of the short cut wires should be 80 - 85cm

SHORT CUT WIRE: TWO LINES

60 - 65 degrees

The sensitivity level setting should be high only (page 3-9).

25 - 30cm

30cm

18 - 20cm

1. If the distance between the wires is 20cm, in order to let the mower cross the shortcut wire while mowing, wire overlap setting should be set to a value over 35cm and incident angle to the wire is 60 degrees or more.

2. When the depth of the wire is over 5cm, wire distance should be 16 - 20cm.

5mm or less(If the wire distance is more than 10 mm, the lawnmower will detect the boundary wire and slow down or rotate)

OBSTRUCTION

90 degrees

1m or more (The lawnmower can not go through the passage less than 1m in width)

HOME

Example:

ZONE1

3-8

Page 32: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

BOUNDARY WIRE INSTALLATION

To ensure safe operation of the lawnmower, it is necessary to tune below settings with each other.

1. The optimum sensitivity (High, Middle, Low) of the lawnmower (= signal receivable range).2. The distance between the lawnmower and boundary wire when the lawnmower traces the boundary wire (=passage width).3. The shape of the zone (Zone setting).4. The Wire overlap setting.

1.The optimum sensitivity (High, Middle, Low) of the lawnmower (= signal receivable range)To setup optimum Sensitivity level (High, Middle, Low), follow below process:

a.Set the mower at the farthest location from the boundary wire.

b.Measure Area Sensor Level (page 3-35).

c.Compare measured value with below table and adjust Sensitivity level if required (page 3-43).

d.Sensitivity and Shortcut wire:

In addition to above table, adjustment may be required if you installed shortcut wire(s).

In that case, follow below table to adjust Sensitivity setting to correct value.

Note 1: Default factory setting is "Middle".

Note 2: In any case, always test the correct operation of the mower once setup is done, using Test Setup menu (page 3-35).

ZONE

CENTRE OF THE ZONE: The furthest point from each boundary wires.

BOUNDARY WIRE

Measured Value (at farthest

location)Action

0No signal received. Mower cannot work without reworking boundary wire layout. Increase Sensitivity by reworking boundary wire layout to at least reach Area Sensor Lv 1, and if possible Lv 4.

1 Signal is weak, mower can lose signal. Adjust the sensitivity level to "High (page 3-43)", or increase Sensitivity by reworking boundary wire layout to reach Area Sensor Lv 4 or 5 if possible.2

34 Enough level of reception. "Middle" or "High" sensitivity level can be used (page 3-43).56 Strong signal reception and all sensitivity (High, Middle, Low) can be used. If the mower is disturbed

by external signal (e.g. another robot mower from neighbor), adjust the sensitivity level to "Low" (page 3-43).

78910

Sensitivity Shortcut wire (s) QuantityHigh 2

Middle or High 1Low, Middle or High 0

3-9

Page 33: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

2. The distance between the lawnmower and boundary wire when the lawnmower traces the boundary wire (=passage width)The lawnmower detects the magnetic field from the boundary wire, and moves between the boundary wire and the specified value(See below) at random as it goes toward the mowing start point ("passage width (out)" setting/page 3-30) or returns to the dockingstation ("passage return width" setting/page 3-55).The field strength varies depending on the length of the boundary wire.The field becomes weaker with a longer boundary wire, and stronger with a shorter boundary wire.With the same passage width value, passage width will vary with boundary wire length.Passage Width Out must always remain above or equal to Passage Return Width.

The below diagram shows the measuring results of the passage width in each area size at setup level (reference data).The results are measured under the specific area and it will be affected by the area shape and wire length.

About Forbidden range B:

Wire length (m)PASSAGE WIDTH (cm)

500 300 200 50

Setu

p Le

vel

10 55 65 - -09 50 60 80 -08 45 55 75 -07 40 50 60 -06 35 45 55 -05 35 40 50 -04 25 35 45 8003 25 30 40 6502 25 25 35 5001 25 25 25 400 0 0 0 0

A = PASSAGE WIDTH

A40m

110m

e.g. 300mBOUNDARY WIRESMALL AREALARGE AREA

PASSAGE WIDTH: NARROW

MOWING ZONE

BOUNDARY WIRE

PASSAGE WIDTH: WIDE

If the passage width is too wide (above 80cm), the lawnmower cannot detect the station signal (= The mower cannot return to the docking station). A: Station signal range depends on the SENSITIVITY of the lawnmower (page 3-9).High: 95cmMiddle: 70cmLow: 60cmBOUNDARY WIRE

Passage width is inside of the receivable range of the station signal.

Station signal range

A

B = Forbidden range

Setting level 0:The lawnmower runs on the boundary wire.

Setting level 10:The lawnmower moves at random by the maximum amount possible between the boundary wire and the edge of the magnetic field. By avoiding moving along the same path, you can avoid creating wheel tracks in the grass.

Setting level 1:The lawnmower closely follows the boundary wire. This is effective for narrow pathways.

B

B = Forbidden range

3-10

Page 34: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

3. The shape of the mowing zone.A mowing area can be divided into some zones (when using the custom mode setting).

If the mowing area is a simple shape, it is not necessary to divide the area except when the result of the performing test have failed(page 3-14).

When using the custom setting, the mowing area can be divided into a maximum to five zones.

4. The wire overlap settingWire overlap setting must be considered before installing the boundary wire.

This setting will determine minimum distance between the wire and obstacles (walls, borders etc).Default factory setting is 20cm and can be increased to 45cm.

Basic rules to be followed are:

1.Distance between boundary wire and obstacles should be 10cm larger than the wire overlap setting value.

2.Wire overlap has to be increased to 35cm minimum when a shortcut wire is installed. This will ensure mower can cross shortcutwire.

The working of each zones will be done by using below settings and timer setting.

Passage Width Out must always remain above or equal to Passage Return Width.

COMPLEX SHAPESIMPLE SHAPE

ZONE1

ZONE1

ZONE2ZONE3

BOUNDARY WIRE This overlap distance is determined by the "Wire overlap" setting (page 3-23, 3-30).

CATEGORY ELEMENT FUNCTION1 Wire Exit Location CW Start from the docking station to the clockwise direction.

ACW Start from the docking station to the anti-clockwise direction.0 - 150 m Distance from the docking station, following the boundary wire.

2 Zone Proportion(Quick Setup only)

0 - 100% The ratio which the lawnmower operates in each zone.

3 Exit Angle Start The angle when approach to the mowing zone. Start (Start angle) End (End angle)End

4 Mowing Pattern Random Random patternDirectional Directional patternMixed Mixed pattern of the random and directional

5 Area Wire Overlap Overlap distance of the lawnmower from the boundary wire. Passage Width (Out) (Custom set up only)

Distance of the lawnmower from the boundary wire when running to the start point.

Passage Return Width (System set up only)

Distance of the lawnmower from the boundary wire when running to the docking station.

3-11

Page 35: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

BOUNDARY WIRE INSTALLATION • Leave enough wire to ensure that small adjustments can be made, double backing outside of the loop is acceptable. • Do not fix the wire until finish the layout. • Boundary wire should be laid so that there is no excess wire.

Set the boundary wire by using the "LAWN DIAGRAM" (page 3-8).

Fix the boundary wire with pegs to the specified depth as shown.

Install the wire into the groove on the bottom of the docking station.

The connector will wrap around both sides of the wire.

BOUNDARY WIRE

Depth: 0 - 20cm

PEG

ACW (Anti-clockwise) side: From inside of the working zone, install the right side wire into the bottom of the docking station.

VIEW FROM THE UNDERNEATH

CW side: From inside of the working zone, install the left side wire into the bottom of the docking station.

VIEW FROM THE UNDERNEATH

CONNECTOR

BOUNDARY WIRE

3-12

Page 36: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

From the inside of working zone, facing the docking station, install the rightside wire connector to the exclusive terminal of the docking station.

Regardless of the station direction, right side wire must be connected to theexclusive terminal.

Connect the other side wire connector to the one of the four terminals,according to station signal programmed (page 3-54).

Connect the power cord from the transformer connector.

Check the indicator light above the charging plug is green to make sure thatit is connected all the way into the docking station (page 5-5).

Set the docking station directly on the surface of the ground.

Fix the docking station using the screws firmly.

TYPE3 TERMINAL TYPE4 TERMINAL

TYPE1 TERMINAL

POWER CORD

RIGHT SIDE WIRE CONNECTOR (EXCLUSIVE TERMINAL) TYPE2 TERMINAL

ACW

TYPE3 TERMINAL TYPE4 TERMINAL

TYPE1 TERMINAL

POWER CORD

RIGHT SIDE WIRE CONNECTOR (EXCLUSIVE TERMINAL)

TYPE2 TERMINAL

CW

DOCKING STATION

INDICATOR LIGHT

DOCKING STATION SCREWS

3-13

Page 37: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

OPERATION TEST OF THE LAWNMOWERTest the following points by using the TEST SET UP program (page 3-34), after the working mode set up.

• Return test with HOME TEST MODE (Put the lawnmower on the centre of the zone and start the test). • Running test at the installed zone (Start from the docking station).

If the lawnmower cannot reach the specified zone or cannot return to the docking station, there is possibility that settings of thezone shape, sensitivity of the boundary wire signal (page 3-9) or the passage width do not match the layout of the lawn (page 3-10).

Change these settings and perform the TEST SET UP program again.

C

OKNG

C

B

DOCKING STATION

BOUNDARY WIRE

LAWNMOWER

Two possibilities:1.The sensitivity level does

not fit the mowing zone.2.The passage width is too

wide or width between both wire is too narrow and the lawnmower cannot detect the boundary wire signal correctly. = The lawnmower cannot run along the boundary wire exactly.

CC

AThe sensitivity level does not fit the mowing zone = The mower cannot receive the boundary wire signal.

Passage width is too wide. The lawnmower cannot detect the station signal.B

BA

PASSAGE WIDTH

Passage width is inside of the receivable range of the station signal.

Passage width is inside of the receivable range of the boundary wire signal.

The area size, the setting of the sensitivity level and passage width are balancing.

3-14

Page 38: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

PROGRAMINGINITIAL SETTING AND TEST FLOW

CONTROL PANEL FUNCTION

STEP NAME PAGE1 Initial setting 3-152 System setup 3-533 Working mode selection and setup (Auto Mode)

-Quick Setup 3-19 -Custom Setup 3-25

4 Operating test of the lawnmower 3-34 -Return test to the docking station -Running test at the installed zone

5 Make the "DEALER CHECKSHEET" Owner‘s Manual (page 66)6 Backup your program on your PC using Dr.H software. See Dr.H guide

Home screen:AUTO: Auto mode-Quick Setup mode is set.

-Custom Setup mode is set.

-Quick Setup or Custom Setup mode is set but the lawnmower is inactive.-Battery status

-Neither Quick Setup nor Custom Setup have been set.- Manual mode is set.

The lawnmower is returning to the docking station.

The lawnmower is currently set as immobilized.

1

2

3 4 5

6

7

8

9

Standby Mon1.Menu 13:30

Status of the lawnmower

c

Q

9

AUTO

AUTO

AUTO

MAN

Selectable menu items

Message and information

CONTROL PANEL

HOME

NAME FUNCTION NOTE1 ON BUTTON Turn on the power2 OFF BUTTON Turn off the power The timer does not function if you turn off the

power.3 HOME BUTTON Return to the docking

stationThe lawnmower automatically returns to the station following loop direction defined in "SYSTEM SETUP". Once docked in the station, mower will remained until "Auto/Manual" button is pressed.

4 Auto/Manual SELECT BUTTON Switch the operation mode 5 NUMBER BUTTON Enter numbers 6 SELECT BUTTON Select of any item7 BACK BUTTON Return to previous menu Cannot be used in some cases.8 ENTER KEY Enter the selection9 DISPLAY The home screen and

menus can be seen here while the lawnmower is turned on.

3-15

Page 39: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

INITIAL SETTING FLOWPush the manual stop button so that the control panel cover will open.

Press the power button on the control panel.

Language1.English 5.Svenska2.Deutsch 6.Nederlands3.Français 7.Espańol4.Italiano 8.Dansk

DateDD/MM/20YY

Time_ _:_ _ (24h)

Station Ent.Loop Direction

1.Clockwise(CW)2.Anticlockwise(ACW)

PIN Code

_ _ _ _

Create a PIN

PIN activated

Press ENT key

MANUAL STOP BUTTON

Press the ON button.

Welcome

Honda Robotic lawnmower

Miimo

“Welcome” screen will appear.

Enter Key

Enter Key

Enter Key

Enter Key

Enter Key Enter Key

To the menu screen

Input the PIN

Five seconds later

ON BUTTON

• Details:page 3-12• This setting can be

changed later on page 3-54

• Locked PIN can be reset using Dr.H software.

3-16

Page 40: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

DIAGRAM OF THE MENU

Auto Mode Quick Setup Custom Setup Test History System Setup

MENU

Manual Mode Setup

Dealer Mode Dealer Mode

No. First Level Second Level Page1 Auto Mode

(For selecting or disabling work modes)

Quick Setup Refer to Second Level of No.2. 3-19Custom Setup Refer to Second Level of No.3. 3-19Mower Inactive Suspending the automatic operation. 3-19

2 Quick Setup (Simple setting mode)

Timer 2 patterns in each days. 3-21Zone 2 zones and working rate of the one side. 3-22Summary Timer and Zone 3-24Reset Timer, Zone, All 3-24

3 Custom Setup (Detailed setting mode)

Timer 2 patterns in each days and zones. 3-26Zone 5 zones 3-27Summary Timer and Zone 3-31Reset Timer, Zone, All and Copy Quick Setup 3-32

4 Test (For performing test of the lawnmower)

Check boundary wire Signal Level Checking. 3-35Test Setup Return Test running in each zones after the setup.

1.Return Test2.Arrival Test to each zone.

3-35

Test (Dealer Mode: For the performing test of the lawnmower by dealer)

Test mower Testing of the Manual stop button, sensors, Alarm, Display and Key pad.

3-36

Calibrate Sensor Calibration of the Tilt sensor. 3-43Area Setting of the sensitivity. 3-43

5 History (For viewing operation and fault history)

Operating History History of total times of cutting and charging. 3-45Fault History DTC code

Date and Time3-47

History (Dealer Mode: For viewing operation and fault history by dealer)

Operating History Operation, Working and sensor’s history. 3-48Fault History DTC code

Date and Time3-47

6 System Setup (System related settings)

Station Setup Station Signal, Loop Direction, Passage Return Width 3-54Manual Mode Setup Mowing Pattern, Area (Wire Overlap) 3-55Language English, Deutsch, Français, Italiano, Svenska,

Nederlands, Espańol, Dansk3-56

Date and Time Current time and date setting 3-57Security Alarm, Create a PIN, Immobilizer 3-58Sound Keypad sound 3-61

3-17

Page 41: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

SETTING METHODE1 Auto Mode (For selecting or disabling work modes)This setting allows to select which working mode the mower should use.

Auto Mode

Mower InactiveCustom SetupQuick Setup

1

1-1 1-2 1-3

Menu1.Auto Mode2.Quick Setup3.Custom Setup4.Test5.History6.System Setup

3-18

Page 42: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

1-1 Quick Setup

1-2 Custom Setup

1-3 Mower Inactive

Auto Mode :Quick Setup1.Quick Setup2.Custom Setup3.Mower Inactive

Auto Mode

Quick Setup

Activated

Enter Key

1

1-1

Auto Mode :Custom Setup 1.Quick Setup2.Custom Setup3.Mower Inactive

Auto Mode

Custom Setup

Activated

Enter Key

1

1-2

Auto Mode :Mower Inactive 1.Quick Setup2.Custom Setup3.Mower Inactive

Auto Mode

Mower Inactive

Activated

Enter Key

1

1-3 • While set as inactive mower will remain docked until another mode is selected.

3-19

Page 43: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

2 Quick Setup (Simple setting mode)

Quick Setup

Timer Zone Summary Reset

Mon-Tue-Wed-Thu-Fri-Sat-Sun

Zone Proportion (%) Mowing Pattern

Start Time & End Time 1

Wire Exit Location

DirectionalRandom MixedCW ACW

Start Time & End Time 2

2

2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4

Menu1.Auto Mode2.Quick Setup3.Custom Setup4.Test5.History6.System Setup

2-2-1 2-2-2 2-2-3

Wire Overlap

Area2-2-4

Timer Summary

Zone Summary

Distance

Custom setup should be preferred to Quick setup in following situations.-More than two zones need to be setup. -Working time has to be precisely adjusted (e.g. to synchronize with automatic watering system, etc.)-You do not want the mower to start mowing from its docking station.

• "Passage width (out)" setting cannot be adjusted in Quick setup menu.• In Quick setup mode, "Passage width (out)" value is equal to "Passage return width" value and this value can be adjusted in "System

setup" menu (page 3-55). • If the shortcut wire was installed, "Distance" value in the "Wire Exit Location setting" should be set up to the distance before the

lawnmower reaches the shortcut wire (See below).

SHORTCUT WIRE

OK

NG

Wire exit location should be set before reaching the shortcut wire.

5mm or less(If the wire width is more than 10 mm, the lawnmower will detect the boundary wire and slow down or rotate)

ZONE1

ZONE2

1m or more (The lawnmower can not go through the passage less than 1m in width)

3-20

Page 44: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

2-1 Timer

Quick Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Quick SetupTimer0.OK 9.Select All1.Monday 2.Tuesday 3.Wednesday 4.Thursday

Quick SetupTimer0.OK 9.Select All5.Friday 6.Saturday 7.Sunday

Quick SetupTimer

Start EndTimer 1 __:__-__:__

Timer 2 00:00-00:00

Quick Setup

Timer

Mon-Tue-Wed-Thu-Fri-Sat-Sun

Start Time & End Time 1

Start Time & End Time 2

2-1

Enter Key

Select Button

Select [0.OK]

Enter Key

Activated

2

How to determine weekly working time*.*Working Time=Cutting Time + Return Time + Charging Time1. Two gardens, with same lawn area, will have a different weekly working time depending on following criteria.

• Field geographical position (north, east, west or south of Europe)

• Field condition-Type of grass-Boundary wire layout (Zones, Length, Shortcut Wire(s))-Slopes

2. Below table provides a rough estimation of weekly working time. Given value should be adjusted (+50% to -50%) depending on the above listed criteria.

(-) HRM300 is not designed for large areas as battery life would decrease very quickly.

3. It is advisable to visit the customer 1 or 2 months after installation to confirm that the timer settings are well defined.

• Too long working time: grass will look trampled.

• Too short working time: some small areas will remain uncut.

3-21

Page 45: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

2-2 Zone 2-2-1 Wire Exit Location

2-2-2 Zone Proportion (%)

Zone

Quick Setup

2-2

2

Quick SetupZone 2Wire Exit Location : 0m

: CW

0-250m __0m1.CW/2.ACW 1.CW

Wire Exit Location

CW ACW

Quick Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Quick SetupZone 21.Wire Exit Location2.Zone Proportion (%)3.Mowing Pattern4.Area

Activated

Enter Key

Enter Key

Enter Key

2-2-1

Travel distance from the docking station.

CW: ClockwiseACW: Anti-clockwise

Distance

Zone

Quick Setup

2-2

2 Quick Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Enter Key

Quick SetupZone 21.Wire Exit Location2.Zone Proportion (%)3.Mowing Pattern4.Area

Quick SetupZone 2Zone Proportion (%) : 0%

0-100% __0%

Zone Proportion (%)

Enter Key

Enter Key

2-2-2

Activated

If the zone proportion is 20%, the lawnmower will mow the zone 2 at one of five times.

3-22

Page 46: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

2-2-3 Mowing Pattern

2-2-4 Area

Zone

Quick Setup

2-2

2 Quick Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Enter Key

Quick SetupZone 21.Wire Exit Location2.Zone Proportion (%)3.Mowing Pattern4.Area

Enter Key

Enter Key

2-2-3

Quick SetupZone 2Mowing Pattern :Random 1.Random 2.Directional 3.Mixed

Mowing Pattern

DirectionalRandom Mixed

Activated

• See Page 2-7 to select correct pattern. • This value also applies to Zone1.

Area

Zone

Quick Setup

2-2

2 Quick Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Enter Key

Quick SetupZone 21.Wire Exit Location2.Zone Proportion (%)3.Mowing Pattern4.Area

Enter Key

Enter Key

2-2-4

Quick SetupZone 2Area

Wire Overlap:20cm

20-45cm 20cm

Wire Overlap

Activated

• Wire overlap should be above 35cm if some shortcut wire is used: page 3-11.

• This value also applies to Zone1.

3-23

Page 47: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

2-3 Summary

2-4 Reset

Quick Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Quick Setup

2-3

Enter Key

2

Summary

Timer Summary

Zone Summary

Quick SetupTimer SummaryMon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat SunTimer 1 00:00-00:00Timer 2 00:00-00:00

Quick SetupZone Summary Zone 1Wire Exit CW / 0mExit Angle 50°-150°Mowing Pattern RandomWire Overlap 20cm

Select Button

Quick SetupZone Summary Zone 2Wire Exit CW / 0mExit Angle 50°-150°Mowing Pattern RandomWire Overlap 20cmPassage Width (Out) 1

Select Button

Quick Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Quick Setup

2-4

Enter Key

Enter Key

2

Reset

Quick SetupResetReset All

Confirm Reset 1.Yes

Activated

3-24

Page 48: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

3 Custom Setup (Details setting mode)

3

3-1

Menu1.Auto Mode2.Quick Setup3.Custom Setup4.Test5.History6.System Setup

Custom Setup

Timer Zone Summary Reset

Mon-Tue-Wed-Thu-Fri-Sat-Sun

Mon

Start Time & End Time 1

Start Time & End Time 2

Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun

Zone Set

Zone Set

Timer Zone

Reset All Zones Reset All Timers Reset All Copy Quick Setup

Wire Exit Location Exit Angle Mowing Pattern Area

CW ACW Start End Random Directional Mixed Wire Overlap Passage Width (Out)

Zone1 Zone5

3-2 3-3 3-4

3-2-1

3-2-1-1 3-2-1-2 3-2-1-3 3-2-1-4

3-3-1 3-3-2

3-4-1 3-4-2 3-4-3 3-4-4

Distance

3-25

Page 49: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

3-1 Timer

Activated

Enter Key

3

3-1 Custom Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Custom SetupTimer0.OK 9.Select All1.Monday 2.Tuesday 3.Wednesday 4.Thursday

Custom SetupTimer :Monday0.OK 9.Select All5.Friday 6.Saturday 7.Sunday

Custom Setup

Timer

Mon-Tue-Wed-Thu-Fri-Sat-Sun

Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun

Select Button

Custom SetupTimer :Monday

Start EndTimer 1 __:__-__:__

1.Zone 1 :Zone1-5Timer 2 00:00-00:00

1.Zone 1 :Zone1-5

Select [0.OK]

Enter Key

Start Time & End Time 1

Start Time & End Time 2

Zone Set

Zone Set

Next days

• See Page 3-21 to estimate working time based on mowing area on and field conditions.

3-26

Page 50: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

3-2 Zone3-2-1 Zone1

3-2-1-1 Wire Exit Location

Activated

Enter Key

3-2 Custom Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Custom SetupZone1.Zone 12.Zone 23.Zone 34.Zone 45.Zone 5

Custom SetupZone 11.Wire Exit Location2.Exit Angle3.Mowing Pattern4.Area

Custom SetupZone 1Wire Exit Location : 0m

: CW

0-250m 000m1.CW/2.ACW 1.CW

Zone

3 Custom Setup

3-2-1-1Enter Key

Enter Key

Enter Key

Wire Exit Location

CW ACW

Zone1 Zone53-2-1

Travel distance from the docking station.

CW: ClockwiseACW: Anti-clockwise

Distance

3-27

Page 51: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

3-2-1-2 Exit Angle

Activated

Enter Key

3-2 Custom Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Custom SetupZone1.Zone 12.Zone 23.Zone 34.Zone 45.Zone 5

Custom SetupZone 11.Wire Exit Location2.Exit Angle3.Mowing Pattern4.Area

Custom SetupZone 1Exit Angle 10°- 170°Start10°- 170° 010°End10°- 170° 170°

Zone

3 Custom Setup

3-2-1-2Enter Key

Enter Key

Enter Key

Exit Angle

Zone1 Zone53-2-1

Start End

Start/End: Approach angle to the zone.

BOUNDARY WIRE

a

ba: Start angle

b: End angle

3-28

Page 52: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

3-2-1-3 Mowing Pattern

Mowing Pattern

Activated

Enter Key

3-2 Custom Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Custom SetupZone1.Zone 12.Zone 23.Zone 34.Zone 45.Zone 5

Custom SetupZone 11.Wire Exit Location2.Exit Angle3.Mowing Pattern4.Area

Custom SetupZone 1Mowing Pattern :Random 1.Random 2.Directional 3.Mixed

Zone

3 Custom Setup

3-2-1-3Enter Key

Enter Key

Enter Key

Zone1 Zone53-2-1

Random Directional Mixed

• See Page 2-7 to select correct pattern.

3-29

Page 53: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

3-2-1-4 Area

Activated

Enter Key

3-2 Custom Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Custom SetupZone1.Zone 12.Zone 23.Zone 34.Zone 45.Zone 5

Custom SetupZone 11.Wire Exit Location2.Exit Angle3.Mowing Pattern4.Area

Zone

3 Custom Setup

3-2-1-4Enter Key

Enter Key

Enter Key

Zone1 Zone53-2-1

Area

Wire Overlap Passage Width (Out)

Custom SetupZone 1Area

1.Wire Overlap2.Passage Width (Out)

Custom SetupZone 1Area

Wire Overlap:20cm

20-45cm 20cm

Custom SetupZone 1Area

Passage Width (Out):3

0-10 03

Enter Key Enter Key

ActivatedEnter Key

• Wire overlap should be over 35cm if some shortcut wire is used: Page 3-11.

• See page 3-10.• See page 3-14.

3-30

Page 54: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

3-3 Summary3-3-1 Timer

3-3-2 Zone

Custom Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Custom SetupSummary1.Timer2.Zone

Custom SetupTimer Summary :MonMon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat SunTimer 1 00:00-00:00

Zone 1Timer 2 00:00-00:00

Zone 1

3-3 Summary

3 Custom Setup

Timer3-3-1

Enter Key

Enter Key

Select Button

Next days

Custom Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Custom SetupSummary1.Timer2.Zone

3-3 Summary

3 Custom Setup

Zone3-3-2

Enter Key

Enter Key

Custom SetupZone Summary :Zone 1Wire Exit CW / 0mExit Angle 50°-150°Mowing Pattern RandomWire Overlap 20cmPassage Width (Out) 3

Select Button

Next days

3-31

Page 55: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

3-4 Reset3-4-1 Reset All Zones

3-4-2 Reset All Timers

Custom Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Custom SetupReset1.Reset All Zones2.Reset All Timers3.Reset All4.Copy Quick Setup

3-4

3 Custom Setup

3-4-1

Enter Key

Enter Key

Reset

Reset All Zones

Custom SetupResetReset All Zones

Confirm Reset1.Yes

Enter Key

Activated

Custom Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Custom SetupReset1.Reset All Zones2.Reset All Timers3.Reset All4.Copy Quick Setup

3-4

3 Custom Setup

3-4-2

Enter Key

Enter Key

Reset

Reset All Timers

Custom SetupResetReset All Timers

Confirm Reset1.Yes

Enter Key

Activated

3-32

Page 56: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

3-4-3 Reset All

3-4-4 Copy Quick Setup

Custom Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Custom SetupReset1.Reset All Zones2.Reset All Timers3.Reset All4.Copy Quick Setup

3-4

3 Custom Setup

3-4-3

Enter Key

Enter Key

Reset

Reset All

Custom SetupResetReset All

Confirm Reset1.Yes

Enter Key

Activated

Custom Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Custom SetupReset1.Reset All Zones2.Reset All Timers3.Reset All4.Copy Quick Setup

3-4

3 Custom Setup

3-4-4

Enter Key

Enter Key

Reset

Copy Quick Setup

Custom SetupResetCopy Quick Setup

Confirm Copy1.Yes

Enter Key

Activated

• All settings from "Quick setup" will be copied to Custom setup (times and zone settings).

3-33

Page 57: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

4 Test (For performing test of the lawnmower)

4

4-1

Menu1.Auto Mode2.Quick Setup3.Custom Setup4.Test5.History6.System Setup

Alarm Display

Test

Test Setup Calibrate Sensor

Area Sensor Zone1 Calibrate Tilt Sensor

Test Mower

Manual Stop Sensors Keypad

Lift Sensor Tilt Sensor Obst. Sensor Roll over Sensor

Area

Sensitivity

4-2 4-4

4-3-1

4-5

Home Zone2 Zone3 Zone4 Zone5

Quick SetupCustom Setup

Test

4-3-2 4-3-3 4-3-4 4-3-5

4-3-2-1 4-3-2-2 4-3-2-3 4-3-2-4

4-3

This icon shows the present mode is in the "dealer mode" and will appear by pushing and holding the key pads 2, 4, 9, and ENTER key.

Check Area Wire

3-34

Page 58: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

4-1 Check Boundary wire

4-2 Test Setup

4-1

4 Test

Area Sensor

Check Area wire

Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test Setup

TestCheck Area Wire

Area SensorLv0

Enter Key

• To perform this test, place the mower at the farthest point from the boundary wire.

• Level should not be lower than Lv1 in any case.

• Safe value is above Lv3.• See page 3-9

4-2

4 Test Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test SetupTest Setup

Zone1Home Zone2 Zone3 Zone4 Zone5

Quick SetupCustom Setup

TestTest SetupCustom Setup

0.Home 3.Zone 31.Zone 1 4.Zone 42.Zone 2 5.Zone 5

TestTest Setup

Home

Start Test1.Yes

TestTest Setup

Home

Close Display Cover

Enter Key

Enter Key

Enter Key

In case of Quick Setup is 0 to 2.In case of Custom Setup is 0 to 5.

TEST START

• Test will start after closing the display cover.

• Mower will alternatively use CW and ACW direction to return to docking station.

3-35

Page 59: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

4-3 Test Mower4-3-1 Manual Stop

4-3-1

4

Enter Key

Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test Setup3.Test Mower4.Calibrate Sensor5.Area

TestTest Mower1.Manual Stop2.Sensors3.Alarm4.Display5.Keypad

TestTest MowerManual Stop

ResultManual Stop Right OKManual Stop Left OK

Test Mower

Test

Manual Stop

Enter Key

4-3

1.Close the display cover.2.Open the display cover.

3-36

Page 60: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

4-3-2 Sensors

4-3-2-1 Lift Sensor

4-3

4

Enter Key

Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test Setup3.Test Mower4.Calibrate Sensor5.Area

TestTest Mower1.Manual Stop2.Sensors3.Alarm4.Display5.Keypad

Test Mower

Test

Sensors

Enter Key

TestTest Mower1.Lift Sensor2.Tilt Sensor3.Obstruction Sensor4.Rollover Sensor

TestTest MowerLift Sensor

Lift the Mower

Right Sensor OKLeft Sensor OK

Lift Sensor

Enter Key

4-3-2

4-3-2-1

Lift the MAIN COVER.

3-37

Page 61: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

4-3-2-2 Tilt Sensor

4-3

4

Enter Key

Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test Setup3.Test Mower4.Calibrate Sensor5.Area

TestTest Mower1.Manual Stop2.Sensors3.Alarm4.Display5.Keypad

Test Mower

Test

Sensors

Enter Key

TestTest Mower1.Lift Sensor2.Tilt Sensor3.Obstruction Sensor4.Rollover Sensor

Tilt Sensor

Enter Key

4-3-2

4-3-2-2

TestTest MowerTilt Sensor

Tilt the Mower

Angle 7°

• Tilt the mower by hand and check value displayed matches actual angle.

• To perform this test, mower should be placed on a level surface.

3-38

Page 62: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

4-3-2-3 Obstruction Sensor

4-3

4

Enter Key

Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test Setup3.Test Mower4.Calibrate Sensor5.Area

TestTest Mower1.Manual Stop2.Sensors3.Alarm4.Display5.Keypad

Test Mower

Test

Sensors

Enter Key

TestTest Mower1.Lift Sensor2.Tilt Sensor3.Obstruction Sensor4.Rollover Sensor

Obst. Sensor

Enter Key

4-3-2

4-3-2-3

TestTest MowerObstruction Sensor

Push the Mower Cover

Front Sensor OKRear Sensor OK Push the MAIN COVER.

3-39

Page 63: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

4-3-2-4 Rollover Sensor

TestTest MowerRollover Sensor1st Turn Over the Mower2nd Return Upright

Sensor –Angle Detection –

4-3

4

Enter Key

Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test Setup3.Test Mower4.Calibrate Sensor5.Area

TestTest Mower1.Manual Stop2.Sensors3.Alarm4.Display5.Keypad

Test Mower

Test

Sensors

Enter Key

TestTest Mower1.Lift Sensor2.Tilt Sensor3.Obstruction Sensor4.Rollover Sensor

Rollover Sensor

Enter Key

4-3-2

4-3-2-4

TestTest MowerRollover Sensor

ResultSensor OKAngle Detection 55°

Enter Key

• Tilt the mower by hand and check value displayed matches actual angle, and sensor value turns to "OK".

• To perform this test, mower should be placed on a level surface.

3-40

Page 64: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

4-3-3 Alarm

4-3-4 Display

4-3-3

4

Enter Key

Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test Setup3.Test Mower4.Calibrate Sensor5.Area

TestTest Mower1.Manual Stop2.Sensors3.Alarm4.Display5.Keypad

Test Mower

Test

Alarm

Enter Key

4-3

TestTest MowerAlarm

Test Alarm

Press ENT KeyWarning will Sound

4-3-4

4

Enter Key

Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test Setup3.Test Mower4.Calibrate Sensor5.Area

TestTest Mower1.Manual Stop2.Sensors3.Alarm4.Display5.Keypad

Test Mower

Test

Display

Enter Key

4-3

TestTest MowerDisplay

Test

Start

Enter Key

Test Start

Display monitor will be black and then turn white.

3-41

Page 65: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

4-3-5 Keypad

4-3-5

4

Enter Key

Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test Setup3.Test Mower4.Calibrate Sensor5.Area

TestTest Mower1.Manual Stop2.Sensors3.Alarm4.Display5.Keypad

Test Mower

Test

Keypad

Enter Key

4-3

TestTest MowerKeypad

Test

Start

Enter Key

TestTest MowerKeypad

TestPress any Key

5 The keypad test is possible for 30 seconds.

• Activated key value will be displayed in bold.

3-42

Page 66: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

4-4 Calibrate Sensor

4-5 Area

4-4

4

Enter Key

Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test Setup3.Test Mower4.Calibrate Sensor5.Area

Calibrate Sensor

Test

TestTest MowerCalibrate

Tilt SensorKeep Horizontal

1. Yes

Calibrate Tilt Sensor

• To perform this operation, mower must be placed on a level surface.

Enter Key

TestTest MowerCalibrate

Tilt SensorFinished

4-5

4

Enter Key

Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test Setup3.Test Mower4.Calibrate Sensor5.Area

Area

Test

Sensitivity TestAreaSensitivity :Middle

1.High 2.Middle 3.Low

• See page 3-9.

3-43

Page 67: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

5 History (For viewing operation and error history)

5

5-1

Menu1.Auto Mode2.Quick Setup3.Custom Setup4.Test5.History6.System Setup

History

Fault History

Operating time Work History

Operating History

Zone HistoryOperating Time Trip Reset Activation Count

History

Fault HistoryOperating History

Work History

·Cutting Time·Charging Time

·Cutting History·Return History·Charge History

·Cutting Time·Running Time·Return Time·Charging Time·Total Operating Time

·Cutting History·Return History·Charge History

·Return History Start·Cutting Time·Charging Time·Return Time·Running Time·Battery Charge Cycles

·Lift·Bump·Tilt·Rollover·Manual Stop·Charge Cycles

DTC code·Warning

5-2

5-2

5-3-1

5-1-2

5

5-3

5-3-2 5-3-3 5-3-4 5-3-5

5-1-1

DTC code·Warning

This icon shows the present mode is in the "dealer mode" and will appear by pushing and holding the key pads 2, 4, 9 and ENTER key.

3-44

Page 68: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

5-1 Operating History5-1-1 Operating time

Enter Key

Enter Key

History1.Operating History2.Fault History

HistoryOperating History1.Operating Time2.Work History

HistoryOperating Time

Cutting Time0min

Charging Time0min

History

Operating time

Operating History

·Cutting Time·Charging Time

5

5-1

5-1-1

3-45

Page 69: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

5-1-2 Work History

HistoryCutting History

01: 0min 06: 0min02: 0min 07: 0min03: 0min 08: 0min04: 0min 09: 0min05: 0min 10: 0min

HistoryReturn History

01: 0min 06: 0min02: 0min 07: 0min03: 0min 08: 0min04: 0min 09: 0min05: 0min 10: 0min

HistoryCharge History

01: 0min 06: 0min02: 0min 07: 0min03: 0min 08: 0min04: 0min 09: 0min05: 0min 10: 0min

Enter Key

Enter Key

History1.Operating History2.Fault History

HistoryOperating History1.Operating Time2.Work History

History

Work History

Operating History

Select Button

Select Button

·Cutting History·Return History·Charge History

5

5-1

5-1-2

• Charge history can provide useful indication on battery condition.

• If charging time becomes excessively short, battery should be checked (page 10-8).

Standard charging time:-HRM500: 60min-HRM300: 30min

3-46

Page 70: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

5-2 Fault History

Enter Key

Enter Key

History1.Operating History2.Fault History

History

Fault HistoryDTC code·Warning

HistoryFault History

1.3A036 29.06.12 11:122.–3.–4.–5.–

HistoryFault History01:No loop signal

Warning29.06.2012 11:12

5

5-2

HistoryFault History01:No loop signal

Operating Time :4min

HistoryFault History01:No loop signal

State :Standby

HistoryFault History01:No loop signal

Battery Voltage :21.4[V]

HistoryFault History01:No loop signal

Battery Current :0.2[A]

HistoryFault History01:No loop signal

Battery Capacity :45[%]

HistoryFault History01:No loop signal

Motor Right :0[RPM]

HistoryFault History01:No loop signal

Motor Left :0[RPM]

HistoryFault History01:No loop signal

Work Motor :0[RPM]

Select Button

Select Button

Select Button

Select Button

Select Button

Select Button

Select Button

Select Button

3-47

Page 71: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

5-3 Operating History5-3-1 Operating Time

5-3-1

5

Enter Key

Operating History

History

Operating Time

5-3

·Cutting Time·Running Time·Return Time·Charging Time·Total Operating Time

History1.Operating History2.Fault History

HistoryOperating History1.Operating Time2.Work History3.Zone History4.Trip5.Activation Count

HistoryOperating TimeCutting Time

0minQuick Mode

0min

HistoryOperating TimeCutting Time

Custom Mode0min

Manual Mode0min

HistoryOperating TimeCutting Time

0minRandom

0min

Enter Key

Select Button

Select Button

Select Button

HistoryOperating TimeCutting Time

Directional0min

Mixed0min

HistoryOperating TimeRunning Time

0minReturn Time

0min

HistoryOperating TimeCharging Time

0minTotal Operating Time

44min

Select Button

Select Button

3-48

Page 72: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

5-3-2 Work History

5-3-2

5

Enter Key

Operating History

History

Work History

5-3 History1.Operating History2.Fault History

HistoryOperating History1.Operating Time2.Work History3.Zone History4.Trip5.Activation Count

Enter Key

·Cutting History·Return History·Charge History

HistoryCutting History

01: 0min 06: 0min02: 0min 07: 0min03: 0min 08: 0min04: 0min 09: 0min05: 0min 10: 0min

Select Button

HistoryReturn History

01: 0min 06: 0min02: 0min 07: 0min03: 0min 08: 0min04: 0min 09: 0min05: 0min 10: 0min

Select Button

HistoryCharge History

01: 0min 06: 0min02: 0min 07: 0min03: 0min 08: 0min04: 0min 09: 0min05: 0min 10: 0min

• Charge history can provide useful indication on battery condition.

• If charging time becomes excessively short, battery should be checked (page 10-8).

Standard charging time:-HRM500: 60min-HRM300: 30min

3-49

Page 73: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

5-3-3 Zone History

5-3-3

5

Enter Key

Operating History

History

Zone History

5-3 History1.Operating History2.Fault History

HistoryOperating History1.Operating Time2.Work History3.Zone History4.Trip5.Activation Count

Enter Key

HistoryReturn History Zone 1

01: 0min 06: 0min02: 0min 07: 0min03: 0min 08: 0min04: 0min 09: 0min05: 0min 10: 0min

·Return History

Select button

Zone 2

Select button

Zone 3

Select button

Zone 4

Select button

Zone 5

3-50

Page 74: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

5-3-4 Trip

5-3-4

5

Enter Key

Operating History

History

Trip

5-3 History1.Operating History2.Fault History

HistoryOperating History1.Operating Time2.Work History3.Zone History4.Trip5.Activation Count

Enter Key

Start·Cutting Time·Charging Time·Return Time·Running Time·Battery Charge Cycles

HistoryTrip 1Start 29/6/12 11:12Cutting Time

0min

0.Reset

HistoryTrip 1Start 29/6/12 11:12Charging Time

0min

0.Reset

HistoryTrip 2Start 29/6/12 11:12Running Time

0min

0.Reset

HistoryTrip 3Start 29/6/12 11:12Battery Charge Cycles

0

0.Reset

HistoryTrip 1Start 29/6/12 11:12Return Time

0min

0.Reset

Select Button

Select Button

Select Button

Select Button

3-51

Page 75: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

5-3-5 Activation Count

5-3-5

5

Enter Key

Operating History

History

Activation Count

5-3 History1.Operating History2.Fault History

HistoryOperating History1.Operating Time2.Work History3.Zone History4.Trip5.Activation Count

Enter Key

Select Button

·Lift·Bump·Tilt·Rollover·Manual Stop·Charge Cycles

HistoryActivation CountLift 9Bump 9Tilt 2Rollover 1Manual Stop 6

HistoryActivation CountCharge Cycles 0

3-52

Page 76: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

6 System Setup (System related settings)

System Setup

Station Setup Manual Mode Setup

Station Signal Mowing Pattern

Type1 Type2 Type3 Type4 CW ACW

Date and Time Security

Set Date Set Time Alarm Create a PIN Immobilizer

Passage Return Width AreaLoop Direction

Wire Overlap

OFFON OFFON

Sound

OFFON

Language

English Deutsche Italiano Svenska Nederlands Espańol DanskFrançais

Menu1.Auto Mode2.Quick Setup3.Custom Setup4.Test5.History6.System Setup

6

6-1 6-2

6-1-1 6-1-2 6-1-3 6-2-1 6-2-2

6-3 6-4

6-4-1 6-4-2

6-5 6-6

6-5-1 6-5-2 6-5-3

Random Directional Mixed

3-53

Page 77: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

6-1 Station Setup6-1-1 Station Signal

6-1-2 Loop Direction

Enter Key

System Setup

Station Setup

Station Signal

Type1 Type2 Type3 Type4

System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

System SetupStation Setup1.Station Signal2.Loop Direction3.Passage Return Width

System SetupStation SetupStation Signal :1

1234

Enter Key

Enter Key

6-1

6-1-1

6

Activated

• See page: 3-13

Enter Key

System Setup

Station Setup

Loop Direction

System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

System SetupStation Setup1.Station Signal2.Loop Direction3.Passage Return Width

Enter Key

System SetupStation Setup

Loop Direction :CW

1.Clockwise(CW)2.Anticlockwise(ACW)

CW ACW

Enter Key

6-1

6-1-2

6

Activated

CW: ClockwiseACW: Anti-clockwise

• See page: 3-12 and 3-13

3-54

Page 78: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

6-1-3 Passage Return Width

6-2 Manual Mode Setup6-2-1 Mowing Pattern

Enter Key

System Setup

Station Setup

Passage Return Width

System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

System SetupStation Setup1.Station Signal2.Loop Direction3.Passage Return Width

Enter Key

System SetupStation Setup

Passage Return Width: 9

0-10 09

Enter Key

6-1

6-1-3

6

Activated

• See page: 3-10 and 3-14

Enter Key

System Setup

Manual Mode Setup

Mowing Pattern

System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

Enter Key

Enter Key

System SetupManual Mode Setup1.Mowing Pattern2.Area

System SetupManual Mode SetupMowing Pattern

:Random1.Random2.Directional3.Mixed

Random Directional Mixed

6-2

6-2-1

6

Activated

3-55

Page 79: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

6-2-2 Area

6-3 Language

Enter Key

System Setup

Manual Mode Setup

Area

System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

Enter Key

Enter Key

System SetupManual Mode Setup1.Mowing Pattern2.Area

System SetupManual Mode SetupArea

Wire Overlap:20cm

20–45cm 20cm

Wire Overlap

6-2

6-2-2

6

Activated

Overlap distance from the boundary wire to the lawnmower.

Enter Key

System Setup

Language

System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

Enter Key

System SetupLanguage1.English 5.Svenska2.Deutsch 6.Nederlands3.Français 7.Espańol4.Italiano 8.Dansk

6-3

6

Activated

3-56

Page 80: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

6-4 Date and Time6-4-1 Set Date

6-4-2 Set Time

Enter Key

System Setup System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

Enter Key

System SetupDate and Time1.Set Date2.Set Time

System SetupSet Date

10/08/2012

Date and Time

Set Date

Enter Key

6-4

6-4-1

6

Activated

Enter Key

System Setup System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

Enter Key

System SetupDate and Time1.Set Date2.Set Time

Date and Time

Set Time

Enter Key

System SetupSet Time

11:26(24h)

6-4

6-4-2

6

Activated

3-57

Page 81: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

6-5 Security6-5-1 Alarm

Enter Key

System Setup

System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

Enter Key

Enter Key

System SetupSecurity

Input your PIN

****

System SetupSecurity1.Alarm2.Create a PIN3.Immobilizer

System SetupSecurity

Alarm :ON

1.ON2.OFF

Security

Alarm

OFFON

Activated

Enter Key

6-5

6-5-1

6

3-58

Page 82: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

6-5-2 Create a PIN

System Setup

System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

Enter Key

Enter Key

System SetupSecurityCreate a PIN

Input new PIN

****

System SetupSecurity1.Alarm2.Create a PIN3.Immobilizer

Security

Create a PIN

Activated

Enter Key

Enter Key

System SetupSecurity

Input your PIN

****

6-5

6-5-2

6

• If PIN has been locked by user, it is possible to reset (create a new one) using Dr.H.

3-59

Page 83: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

boundary wire6-5-3 Immobilizer

System Setup System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

Enter Key

Enter Key

System SetupSecurity1.Alarm2.Create a PIN3.Immobilizer

Security

Immobilizer

Enter Key

System SetupSecurityImmobilizer

Set :OFF

1.ON2.OFF

OFFON

Enter Key

System SetupSecurity

Input your PIN

****

6-5

6-5-3

6

Activated

System SetupSecurityImmobilizer

1-30Days _ _Days

Select the [1.ON]

• Once duration is input and validated, mower will work until this duration is over. Then it will return to docking station and will remain docked until PIN code is input.

3-60

Page 84: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

6-6 Sound

Enter Key

System Setup System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

Sound

OFFON

Enter Key

System SetupSound

Keypad :ON1.ON2.OFF

6-6

6

Activated

• When "ON", each time keypad is pressed, a beep will sound.

3-61

Page 85: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MEMO

Page 86: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

4. SERVICE INFORMATION

4

MAINTENANCE STANDARDS ·····················4-2

TORQUE VALUES ········································4-2

LUBRICATION ··············································4-3

HOW TO READ CONNECTOR DRAWINGS··················································· 4-4

HARNESS ROUTING···································· 4-5

4-1

Page 87: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

SERVICE INFORMATIONMAINTENANCE STANDARDSFRAME

Unit: mm (in)

ELECTRIC

TORQUE VALUES

Part Item Standard Service limitRotary blade Rotary blade width 17.3 – 18.7 (0.68 – 0.74) 15.0 (0.59)

Part Item Connector/terminal Standard

Traction motor

Winding resistance(at 20 °C/68 °F) /

No.5 (Black) - No.6 (White)1.1 - 1.3 ΩNo.5 (Black) - No.7 (Red)

No.6 (White) - No.7 (Red)

Blade motor Winding resistance(at 20 °C/68 °F)

No.5 (Black) - No.6 (White)0.6 - 1.8 ΩNo.5 (Black) - No.7 (Red)

No.6 (White) - No.7 (Red)

Battery

Voltage No.1 (Red) - No.4 (Black) 15.0 - 24.9 VResistance (at – 20 to 60 °C/ – 4 to 140 °F)

No.2 (Blue) - No.4 (Black) 4.7 - 198 kΩ

Transformer Resistance(at 20 °C/68 °F)

Plug EAE/EAS 27 - 56 ΩEAB 32 - 63 Ω

2P connector 0.6 - 1.8 Ω

Item Tread Dia. (mm) Torque values RemarksN·m kgf·m lbf·ftFront cover screw M4 tapping screw 1.2 0.12 0.9Display screw M4 tapping screw 1.2 0.12 0.9Lift sensor screw M4 tapping screw 0.4 0.04 0.3Obstruction sensor screw M4 tapping screw 0.4 0.04 0.3 Not same with lift sensor and

area sensor screw.Area sensor screw M4 tapping screw 0.4 0.04 0.3Stop switch screw/nut M3 pan screw

/M3 (Self-lock nut) 0.4 0.04 0.3

Charge socket screw M4 tapping screw 1.2 0.12 0.9Rotary blade bolt M5 x 0.8

(Blade bolt)4.5 0.46 3.3

Blade disk nut M8 x 1.25(Self-lock nut)

29 3.0 21

Rear wheel nut M6 x 1.0(Self-lock nut)

11 1.1 8

Blade motor bolt M6 x 1.0 (Special bolt)

9 0.92 6.6

Traction motor bolt M6 x 1.0 (Special bolt)

9 0.92 6.6

Battery case screw M3 tapping screw 0.4 0.04 0.3Station cover screw M5 tapping screw 0.6 0.06 0.4Charge plug upper cover screw

M5 tapping screw 2.0 0.20 1.5

4-2

Page 88: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

STANDARD TORQUE VALUES

LUBRICATION

Item Tread Dia. (mm) Torque valuesN·m kgf·m lbf·ft

Screw 5 mm 4.2 0.4 3.16 mm 9 0.9 6.6

Bolt and nut 5 mm 5.2 0.5 3.86 mm 10 1.0 78 mm 22 2.2 1610 mm 34 3.5 2512 mm 54 5.5 40

Flange bolt and nut 6 mm 12 1.2 98 mm 27 2.7 2010 mm 39 4.0 29

SH (Small head) flange bolt 6 mm 9 0.9 6.6CT (Cutting threads) flange bolt (Retightening) 6 mm 12 1.2 9

Material Location RemarksMulti-purpose grease Front wheel bush inside

Blade height adjustment dial sliding area Apply to the width of 5 mm (0.2 in) from the top.

Frame seal AFrame seal BFrame seal CStation sealTraction motor shaftBlade motor shaftO-ring

4-3

Page 89: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

HOW TO READ CONNECTOR DRAWINGSConnector drawings show the terminal arrangement, terminal No., number of pins and the shape of terminal (male or female).

Both the male and female connectors are shown for the common connectors, while only the main wire harness side connectors areshown for the dedicated connectors.

The double frame connectors represent the male connectors and the single frame connectors represent the female connectors.

The gender of the connector is determined by the type of terminals the connector contains. Male connectors have male terminals.Female connectors have female terminals. Typically, the smaller plastic shell of a female connector inserts inside the larger plasticshell of a male connector when they are joined.

Terminals in a female connector are numbered from left to right, top to bottom looking at the wire side. Terminals in a maleconnector are numbered from left to right, top to bottom looking at the terminal side.

Both the male and female connectors are shown by viewing them from the terminal side.

FEMALE CONNECTOR

MALE CONNECTOR

LOCK

VIEWING DIRECTION

VIEWING DIRECTION

FEMALE CONNECTOR DRAWING(SINGLE FRAME)Female connector viewed from the terminal side.

CONNECTOR No.MALE CONNECTOR DRAWING(DOUBLE FRAME)Male connector viewed from the terminal side.

LOCK

CONNECTOR No.TERMINAL ARRANGEMENTThe connector drawing shows the terminal arrangement of the connector with the lock of the connector toward up.

TERMINAL No.The system drawing shows the No.9 terminal of the

connector.

4-4

Page 90: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

HARNESS ROUTINGTOP COVER (INSIDE)

MAIN COVER

Terminal number

Wire color

1 Bl2 W3 Bl4 W

Stop switch side

Bl Black Br BrownY Yellow O OrangeBu Blue Lb Light blueG Green Lg Light greenR Red P PinkW White Gr Gray

STOP SWITCH 4P CONNECTOR

LH STOP SWITCH

RH STOP SWITCH

Route the stop switch harness under the rib.

Bl Black Br BrownY Yellow O OrangeBu Blue Lb Light blueG Green Lg Light greenR Red P PinkW White Gr Gray

Terminal number

Wire color

1 G2 Bl3 R4 Bu

Terminal number

Wire color

1 Y2 Bl3 Bu4 WMain wire

harness side

Main wire harness side

DATA LINK 4P CONNECTOR

STOP SWITCH 4P CONNECTOR

Route between the ribs at taped area of the main wire harness.

HARNESS GROMMET

MAIN WIRE HARNESS

4-5

Page 91: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

UPPER FRAME (INSIDE)

DISPLAY 8P CONNECTOR

REAR AREA SENSOR 2P CONNECTOR

REAR OBSTRUCTION SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR

FRONT OBSTRUCTION SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR

RH LIFT SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR

LH LIFT SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR

MAIN WIRE HARNESS

HARNESS BAND CLIP (8)

Route the main wire harness through the guide hole of the upper frame.

MAIN ECU 30P CONNECTOR

4-6

Page 92: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

Terminal number

Wire color

1 R2 R3 Bu4 G5 Bl6 Y7 –8 Br

Main wire harness side

Terminal number

Wire color

1 G2 R3 W

Terminal number

Wire color

1 G2 R3 W

Main wire harness side

Main wire harness side

Bl Black Br BrownY Yellow O OrangeBu Blue Lb Light blueG Green Lg Light greenR Red P PinkW White Gr Gray

Terminal number

Wire color

1 R2 GMain wire

harness side

Terminal number

Wire color

1 W2 R3 G

Terminal number

Wire color

1 W2 R3 G

Main wire harness side

Main wire harness side

Terminal number

Wire color Terminal number

Wire color

1 R 16 R2 R 17 –3 Bu 18 Br4 G 19 Bu5 Bl 20 G6 Y 21 Bl7 Y 22 Bl8 Bu 23 W9 G 24 R10 G 25 R11 G 26 R12 G 27 R13 G 28 R14 W 29 W15 W 30 W

Main wire harness side

4-7

Page 93: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

BOTTOM FRAME (1/2)

RH TRACTION MOTOR 8P CONNECTOR MAIN ECU 4P CONNECTOR

BLADE MOTOR 8P CONNECTOR

MAIN ECU 4P CONNECTOR

MAIN ECU 2P CONNECTORLH TRACTION MOTOR 8P CONNECTOR

HARNESS CLIP (2)

HRM500 shown:

4-8

Page 94: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

Terminal number

Wire color

1 R2 Bu3 W4 BlSub wire

harness side

Terminal number

Wire color

1 G or Bu2 Bu or G

Bl Black Br BrownY Yellow O OrangeBu Blue Lb Light blueG Green Lg Light greenR Red P PinkW White Gr Gray

Terminal number

Wire color

1 R2 G3 R4 G

Blade motor side

Sub wire harness side

Sub wire harness side

Terminal number

Wire color Terminal number

Wire color

1 Bu 5 Bl2 Y 6 W3 G 7 R4 O 8 BrRH traction motor side

Terminal number

Wire color Terminal number

Wire color

1 Bu 5 Bl2 Y 6 W3 G 7 R4 O 8 BrLH traction motor side

Terminal number

Wire color Terminal number

Wire color

1 Bu 5 Bl2 Y 6 W3 G 7 R4 O 8 Br

4-9

Page 95: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

BOTTOM FRAME (2/2)

CHARGE SOCKET TERMINAL

FRONT RH AREA SENSOR 2P CONNECTOR

BATTERY 4P CONNECTORCHARGE SOCKET TERMINAL

FRONT LH AREA SENSOR 2P CONNECTOR

HRM500 shown:

Route between the ribs at taped area of the sub wire harness.

Route between the ribs at taped area of the sub wire harness.

HARNESS GROMMET (5)

BLADE MOTOR HARNESS BOOT

Route the blade motor harness under the guide rib of the blade motor housing.

BLADE MOTOR HARNESS BOOT

SUB WIRE HARNESS

4-10

Page 96: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

Terminal number

Wire color

1 R2 GSub wire

harness side

Terminal number

Wire color

1 R2 G

Terminal number

Wire color

1 R2 Bu3 W4 Bl

Sub wire harness side

Sub wire harness side

Terminal number

Wire color

G or BuBu or G

Bl Black Br BrownY Yellow O OrangeBu Blue Lb Light blueG Green Lg Light greenR Red P PinkW White Gr Gray

4-11

Page 97: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

STATION

STATION ECU 5P CONNECTOR

CHARGE PLUG TERMINAL

CHARGE PLUG TERMINAL

STATION ECU 4P CONNECTOR

BOUNDARY WIRE TERMINAL

TRANSFORMER 2P CONNECTORBOUNDARY WIRE TERMINAL

BOUNDARY WIRE TERMINAL

BOUNDARY WIRE TERMINAL

BOUNDARY WIRE TERMINAL

HARNESS GROMMET (5 HOLES)

HARNESS GROMMET (4 HOLES)

HARNESS GROMMET (5 HOLES)

HARNESS GROMMET (4 HOLES)

Route between the ribs.

STATION HARNESS

4-12

Page 98: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

Terminal number

Wire color

1 Bu2 G3 Bl4 WStation

harness side

Terminal number

Wire color

1 R2 W3 W4 Bu5 Bu

Station harness side

Terminal number

Wire color

1 Bl2 W

Station harness side Terminal

numberWire color

GBuRWWBuBu

Bl Black Br BrownY Yellow O OrangeBu Blue Lb Light blueG Green Lg Light greenR Red P PinkW White Gr Gray

4-13

Page 99: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MEMO

Page 100: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

5. MAINTENANCE

5

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE························5-2

BLADE CONDITION CHECK························5-3

BLADE DISC CONDITION CHECK ··············5-3

MANUAL STOP BUTTON OPERATION CHECK ··························································5-4

DOCKING STATION CHECK ······················· 5-5

DOCKING STATION CLEANING ················· 5-5

DOCKING STATION SCREW CHECK········· 5-5

5-1

Page 101: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCEMAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

(1) Blades, the blade disc, body parts, the front (caster) wheels, and rear (drive) wheels should be replaced as needed.(2) These items should be serviced by dealer.(3) If the screws become loose, tighten them securely.

Perform at every indicated period or operating hour interval, whichever comes soonest.

Maintenance interval Refer to pageEvery week Every year

or 500 Hours

BLADES (1) Check 5-3Change 9-2

BLADE DISK (1) Check 5-3Change 9-2

MANUAL STOP BUTTON Check 5-4BODY PARTS (1) Check (2) —

Clean —DOCKING STATION Check 5-5

Clean 5-5DOCKING STATION SCREWS Check-adjust (3) 5-5REAR (DRIVE) WHEELS (1) Check (2) —

Clean —FRONT (CASTER) WHEELS (1) Check (2) —

Clean —

5-2

Page 102: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MAINTENANCE

BLADE CONDITION CHECK

• Always replace the three blades as a set.

Check the blade [1] for wear or damage.

If the blade is bent, cracked or excessively worn, it mustbe replaced, together with the blade bolts.

Check that the blade bolts [2] are tightened.

If loosened, tighten the blade bolts to the specifiedtorque.

BLADE DISC CONDITION CHECK

Visually checking the blade disc [1] by rotating it. If it iswarped, replace the blade disc (page 9-2).

• Make sure to press the manual stop button and turn the lawnmower off before performing the following procedures.

• Put on a pair of work gloves before performing the following procedures.

TORQUE: 4.5 N·m (0.46 kgf·m, 3.3 lbf·ft)

15 mm or less

Damaged blades

Excessively worn Cracked Bent

[2]

[1]

• Make sure to press the manual stop button and turn the lawnmower off before performing the following procedures.

• Put on a pair of work gloves before performing the following procedures.

[1]

5-3

Page 103: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MAINTENANCE

MANUAL STOP BUTTON OPERATION CHECK

Press the power button on the control panel [1].

Check if the control panel display [1] turns off by closingthe control panel cover [2] slowly when the distancebetween control panel cover and top cover is 10 - 20mm.

If the control panel display does not turn off, check theclearance between stop switch bracket and top cover.(page 7-4).

Check if the control panel display [1] turns on byopening the control panel cover [2] slowly when thedistance between control panel cover and top cover is10 - 20 mm.

If the control panel display does not turn on, check theclearance between stop switch bracket and top cover.(page 7-4).

[1]

[1][2]

10 - 20 mm

[1]

[2]

10 - 20 mm

5-4

Page 104: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MAINTENANCE

DOCKING STATION CHECKCheck the indicator light [1].Refer to following chart:

DOCKING STATION CLEANING

Clean dirt and grass off of the docking station using abrush.

Brush off dirt and grass from docking station,particularly around parts on which the lawnmower restsand around the charging plug area [2].

DOCKING STATION SCREW CHECKCheck the screws [1] condition by pushing the dockingstation [2] around the screws.If there is a gap, tighten it correctly.

Color Description

Green The docking station signal is correct.

Amber (blinking)

A signal problem. Such as the boundary wire becoming disconnected. Check the error message (page 6-4).

Red Condition is abnormal. Check the error message (page 6-4).

[1]

Do not touch the recharging connector [1]. If you touch it, you may become injured.Unplug the docking station’s power cord from the power outlet before cleaning it.

[2]

[1]

[1]

[1] [2]

OK NG

5-5

Page 105: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MEMO

Page 106: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

6. TROUBLESHOOTING

6

SYSTEM DIAGRAM ······································6-2

BEFORE TROUBLESHOOTING···················6-4

DOCKING SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING···································6-4

RUNNING SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING···································6-5

GRASS CUTTING SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING ·································· 6-6

ERROR MESSAGE LIST ······························ 6-8

TROUBLESHOOTING FOR FAULT MESSAGE··················································· 6-11

TROUBLESHOOTING FOR WARNING MESSAGE··················································· 6-18

6-1

Page 107: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

TROUBLESHOOTINGSYSTEM DIAGRAM

TRANSFORMER(EAB type)

DOCKING STATION

AC-IN(1)AC-IN(2)

BATT(ID)BATT(TH+)BATT(−)BATT(+)

STOP(N.O.)-RSTOP(COM)-RSTOP(N.O.)-LSTOP(COM)-L

+8VREPLAY(ON)STOP-SIGNAL

CAN-LGND+12V(REPRO)

CAN-H

TRANSFORMER(EAS type)

TRANSFORMER(EAE type)

STATION ECU

BOUNDARY WIRE

POWER CORD

AC

-OU

T (2

)A

C-O

UT

(1)

AC

-IN (2

)A

C-IN

(1)

AR

EA

-OU

T (0

)A

RE

A-O

UT

(1)

AR

EA

-OU

T (2

)A

RE

A-O

UT

(3)

AR

EA

-OU

T (4

)

Bl

W G Bu

Bu

Bu W W R

W

Bu

Bl

R

MAIN ECU

R

Y

Br

Bu

G

Bl

R

W

Bl

W

Bl

Bl

Y

W

Bu

LH STOP SWITCH

RH STOP SWITCH

DISPLAY ECU

DISPLAY

RELAY (ON)

+8V

CAN-H

STOP-SIGNAL

GND

CAN-L

REPRO

Bu or G

G or Bu

1P BATTERY(HRM300)

2P BATTERY(HRM500)

Bl Black Br BrownY Yellow O OrangeBu Blue Lb Light blueG Green Lg Light greenR Red P PinkW White Gr Gray

6-2

Page 108: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

HIC(U)-WORK

Vcc

Vcc

HU

HV

HWHIC(V)-WORK

AREA-SIG-FRAREA-GND-FR

HIC(W)-WORK5V-WORKS-GND-WORKPOWER(U)-WORKPOWER(V)-WORKPOWER(W)-WORK

Y

G

R

G

O

Bu

Br

Bl

W

R

MAIN ECU

AREA-SIG-FLAREA-GND-FLG

R

AREA-SIG-REARAREA-GND-REARG

R

HIC(U)-R

Vcc

Vcc

Vcc

VCC

HALLIC

HALLIC

VSS

OUT

HU

HV

HWHIC(V)-RHIC(W)-R5V-RS-GND-RPOWER(U)-RPOWER(V)-RPOWER(W)-R

HIC(U)-LHIC(V)-LHIC(W)-L5V-LS-GND-LPOWER(U)-LPOWER(V)-LPOWER(W)-L

Y

G

O

Bu

Br

Bl

W

R

Vcc

Vcc

HU

HV

HWY

G

O

Bu

Br

Bl

W

R

LIFT-VCC-LLIFT-SIG-LR

LIFT-GND-L

BUMP-VCC-FRONTBUMP-SIG-FRONTBUMP-GND-FRONT

G

W

MAINCIRCUIT

LIFT-VCC-RLIFT-SIG-RR

LIFT-GND-RG

W

MAINCIRCUIT

R

G

W

Vcc

VCC

VSS

OUT

BUMP-VCC-REARBUMP-SIG-REARBUMP-GND-REAR

R

G

W

BLADE MOTOR

FRONT RH AREA SENSOR

FRONT LH AREA SENSOR

REAR AREA SENSOR

FRONT OBSTRUCTION SENSOR

RH TRACTION MOTOR

LH TRACTION MOTOR

LH LIFT SENSOR

RH LIFT SENSOR

REAR OBSTRUCTION SENSOR

6-3

Page 109: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

BEFORE TROUBLESHOOTING • Use a known-good battery for troubleshooting. • Check that the connectors are connected securely. • Read the circuit tester's operation instructions carefully, and observe the instructions during inspection.

DOCKING SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING

Can dock

The error message is displayed (page 3-15). Displayed Check the error message and perform the troubleshooting for fault/warning message (page 6-8, 6-9, 6-10).

HRM300/500 can dock to the station.

Not displayed

Check the charge current on the display with docking to the station.(Normal charging current is 1A or more.)

Abnormal

Battery trouble. Replace the battery (page 10-7).

Check the transformer (page 11-3).

Abnormal

Repair the power supply.(Contact an electric power company if necessary.)

Normal

Check the power supply.

Normal

Abnormal

Transformer trouble. Replace the transformer.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Normal

Remove the foreign substance of the wheel(s).

Abnormal

Check the setting of HRM300/500 (page 3-53).

Normal

Set the setting again (page 3-9).

Abnormal

Check the boundary wire installation (page 3-12).

Normal

Check if foreign material blocks the wheel(s).

Cannot dock

Install the boundary wire correctly (page 3-12).

Abnormal

Check the charge plug and socket for damage, bent and rust.

Normal

Charge plug and/or socket trouble. Replace or repair the charge plug and/or socket (page 10-6, 11-2).

AbnormalNormal

Between the main ECU 2P connector and charge socket terminals ( and

) of sub wire harness trouble.Replace or repair the sub wire harness.

6-4

Page 110: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

RUNNING SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING

Rotating

The error message is displayed (page 3-15). Displayed Check the error message and perform the troubleshooting for fault/warning message (page 6-8, 6-9, 6-10).

The traction motor(s) is rotating.

Not displayed

Check the woodruff key (page 8-3).

Abnormal

Replace the woodruff key (page 8-3).

Wheel trouble.Replace the wheel (page 8-3).

Normal

Recharge the battery.

AbnormalNormal

Check the condition of charge (page 3-15).

Not rotating

Remove the foreign substance of the wheel(s).

Abnormal

Check the traction motor(s) (page 8-4).

Normal

Replace the traction motor(s) (page 8-3).

Abnormal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Normal

Check if foreign material blocks the wheel(s). When wheel gets blocked by an object, a message is displayed on Dr.H screen (e.g. 3A056, 3A057).

Check the sub wire harness for open or short circuit and for proper connection.

Replace the sub wire harness.

NormalAbnormal

6-5

Page 111: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

GRASS CUTTING SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTINGGrass cannot be mown at all.

Rotating

The error message is displayed (page 3-15). Displayed Check the error message and perform the troubleshooting for fault/warning message (page 6-8, 6-9, 6-10).

The blade motor is rotating.

Not displayed

Check the woodruff key (page 9-2).

Abnormal

Replace the woodruff key (page 9-2).

Blade disk/rotary blade trouble.Check the blade disk/rotary blade installation, wear and damage (page 9-2, 5-3).Replace or repair the blade disk/rotary blade (page 9-2).

Normal

Recharge the battery (page 10-7).

AbnormalNormal

Check the condition of charge (page 3-15).

Not rotating

Remove the foreign substance of the blade disk/rotary blade.

Abnormal

Check the blade motor (page 9-3).

Normal

Replace the blade motor (page 9-2).

AbnormalNormal

Check whether a foreign substance bites to the blade disk/rotary blade.

AbnormalNormal

Check the sub wire harness for open or short circuit and for proper connection.

Replace the sub wire harness.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).If the error message is still displayed after replacing the main ECU, replace the display. (page 10-3).

6-6

Page 112: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

Grass cannot be mown continuously.

Continuously but jerky work

The error message is displayed (page 3-15). Displayed Check the error message and perform the troubleshooting for fault/warning message (page 6-8, 6-9, 6-10).

HRM300/500 is working continuously.

Not displayed

Mowing load is high and load regulation is working.Decrease the cutting height.

Recharge the battery.Check the condition of charge (page 3-15).

Stop immediately

Check whether the manual stop button operates correctly after installing the top cover (page 7-4).Check the stop switch (page 7-6).

Check the blade motor (page 9-3).

Check the lift sensor and obstruction sensor in the test mode (page 3-37, 3-39).

Check the stop switch function (page 5-4).

Lift sensor and/or obstruction sensor trouble. Replace the lift sensor and/or obstruction sensor. ·Lift sensor (page 10-5) ·Obstruction sensor (page 10-3)

Check the sub wire harness for open or short circuit and for proper connection.

Replace the sub wire harness.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).If the error message is still displayed after replacing the main ECU, replace the display. (page 10-3).

Abnormal

Normal

Abnormal

Normal

Remove the foreign substance of the blade. Check whether a foreign substance bites to the blade disk/rotary blade.

Abnormal

Normal

Replace the blade motor (page 9-2).Abnormal

Normal

Abnormal

Normal

Abnormal

Normal

6-7

Page 113: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

ERROR MESSAGE LISTFAULT MESSAGEMethod of checking the fault message on the display: See page 6-4

Mode DTC code(using Dr.H)

Message 1 Details Refer to pageMessage 2

Fault

3A077 Keypad In operation, keypad continued being pushed with the state that the control cover is closed. 6-11-

3A074 Clock Clock function trouble of the display ECU. 6-11-

3A073 ENT Key In operation, keypad continues being pushed with the state that the control cover is closed. 6-11-

3A072 Data memory Error Memory for PIN, setting, history information breaks down. 6-11-

3A031 (Main ECU),3A071 (Display ECU)

Communication Error Between main ECU and display ECU cannot communicate. 6-12

-

3A070 Display Unit Error Display ECU trouble. 6-12-

3A044 Yaw sensor Yaw sensor trouble of the main ECU. 6-12-

3A047 Charging control Battery charging trouble of the main ECU. 6-13-3A045 (Sensor short),3A046 (Sensor open)

Battery temperature Battery temperature detection trouble of the main ECU. 6-13

-

3A042 Motor sensor R Right traction motor speed detection trouble of the main ECU. 6-13-

3A043 Motor sensor L Left traction motor speed detection trouble of the main ECU. 6-13-

3A041 Motor sensor Blade Blade motor speed detection trouble of the main ECU. 6-14-

3A026 Wheel motor Abnormal in the traction motor driver circuit of main ECU. 6-14-

3A025 Blade motor Abnormal in the blade motor driver circuit of main ECU. 6-14-

3A034 Wheel motor relay Power supply trouble to the traction motor of main ECU. 6-14-

3A033 Blade motor relay Power supply trouble to the blade motor of main ECU. 6-14-

3A040 Area sensor One of the front RH/LH area sensors cannot receive the pulse from boundary wire. 6-15-

3A024 Obstruction sensor One of the obstruction sensors is inactive. 6-15Push the Mower cover.

3A023 Tilt sensor Tilt sensor cannot detect either vertical or horizontal. 6-16Tilt the Mower.

3A022 Lift sensor One of the Lift sensors is inactive. 6-16Lift the Mower.

3A021 Rollover sensor In rollover state, Tilt sensor or Rollover sensor is inactive. 6-17Turn over the Mower.

3A020 Manual stop One of the Manual stop switches is inactive. 6-17-

3A032 Battery Error HRM300: Connect 1P battery to HRM300HRM500: Connect 2P battery to HRM500 6-17-

3A030 Motor ECU Error Main ECU trouble. 6-17-

6-8

Page 114: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

WARNING MESSAGE LISTMethod of checking the warning message on the display: See page 6-4

Mode DTC code(using Dr.H)

Message 1

DetailsRefer

to page

Message 2Message 3Message 4

Warning

-

No Operation : Wrong PIN is entered three times.

6-185 minutes--

-

Clock Reset The backup power supply disappears by long-time storage.

6-18Set Date and TimeDD/MM/YYYY_ _ : _ _ (24h)

3A050

Battery voltage high The battery is overcharged.

6-19---

3A052

Battery voltage low The voltage of the battery is low.

6-19Charge the Mower--

3A060

Battery temp high The atmosphere temperature of the battery in the frame is more than 60 °C.

6-20---

3A062

Battery temp low The atmosphere temperature of the battery in the frame is less than 5 °C.

6-20---

3A054

Blade motor The temperature of the work motor driver (Main ECU) is more than 85 °C.

6-21Temp high--

3A056 (Right traction motor),3A057 (Left traction motor)

Wheel motor blocked The motor cannot turn eventhough it is powered on.

6-21---

3A055

Blade motor blocked The motor cannot turn eventhough it is powered on.

6-22---

6-9

Page 115: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

Mode DTC code(using Dr.H)

Message 1

DetailsRefer

to page

Message 2Message 3Message 4

Warning

3A037

Outside loop The main body (three area sensors) is outside of boundary wire loop.

6-22---

3A036

No loop signal The main body (three area sensors) cannot receive the area signal from the station.

6-23---

3A0133A014

Obstruction detection The obstruction keep activated (more than nine seconds).

6-24_ _ _ _Input your PIN.Wrong PIN

3A012

Excessive Tilt - The mower stays on a sloping surface.- Calibration failure.

6-25_ _ _ _Input your PIN.Wrong PIN

3A011

Lifted The lift sensor keeps activated.

6-26_ _ _ _Input your PIN.Wrong PIN

3A010

Upside down The mower is being turned upside down.

6-27_ _ _ _Input your PIN.Wrong PIN

6-10

Page 116: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

TROUBLESHOOTING FOR FAULT MESSAGE"Keypad" MESSAGE

"Clock" MESSAGEClock function trouble of the display ECU.

Replace the display (page 10-3).

"ENT Key" MESSAGE

"Data memory error" MESSAGEMemory trouble of display ECU.

If the fault message is still displayed after doing the "factory initialize" using Dr.H, replace the display (page 10-3).

Confirm keypad good condition by testing it (page 3-42).

Abnormal

Normal

Keypad trouble of the display ECU. Replace the display (page 10-3).

Temporary failure.

Confirm "ENT key" good condition by testing it (page 3-42).

Abnormal

Normal

Keypad trouble of the display ECU. Replace the display (page 10-3).

Temporary failure.

6-11

Page 117: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Communication error" MESSAGE

"Display unit error" MESSAGE Display ECU trouble.

Replace the display (page 10-3).

"Yaw sensor" MESSAGE Yaw sensor trouble of main ECU.

Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Check for continuity between the main ECU 30P connector and display 8P connector of main wire harness.

·30P connector No.16 terminal (Red) - 8P connector No.1 terminal (Red)

·30P connector No.2 terminal (Red) - 8P connector No.2 terminal (Red)

·30P connector No.19 terminal (Blue) - 8P connector No.3 terminal (Blue)

·30P connector No.20 terminal (Green) - 8P connector No.4 terminal (Green)

·30P connector No.22 terminal (Black) - 8P connector No.5 terminal (Black)

·30P connector No.7 terminal (Yellow) - 8P connector No.6 terminal (Yellow)

·30P connector No.18 terminal (Brown) - 8P connector No.8 terminal (Brown)

No continuity

Continuity

Replace or repair the main wire harness.

Main ECU or display ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7) or display (page 10-3).

6-12

Page 118: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Charging control" MESSAGE

"Battery Temperature" MESSAGE

"Motor sensor R" MESSAGE

"Motor sensor L" MESSAGE

Replace the transformer with a new one and recheck the fault message in the display.

Normal

Abnormal

Faulty original transformer.

Charge plug and/or socket trouble. Replace or repair the charge plug and/or socket trouble (page 10-6, 11-2).

Check the charge plug and socket for damage, bent and rust.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Abnormal

NormalCheck for continuity between the main ECU 2P connector and charge socket terminal

/ of sub wire harness.

·2P connector No.1 terminal (Green) - charge socket terminal (Green)

·2P connector No.2 terminal (Blue) - charge socket terminal (Blue)

Replace or repair the sub wire harness.

Abnormal Normal

Replace the battery with a new one (page 10-7) and recheck the fault message in the display.

Abnormal

Normal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Faulty original battery.

Replace the RH(right hand) traction motor with a new one (page 8-3) and recheck the fault message in the display.

Abnormal

Normal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Faulty original RH(right hand) traction motor.

Replace the LH(left hand) traction motor with a new one (page 8-3) and recheck the fault message in the display.

Abnormal

Normal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Faulty original LH(left hand) traction motor.

6-13

Page 119: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Motor sensor Blade" MESSAGE

"Wheel motor" MESSAGE Abnormal in the traction motor driver circuit of main ECU.

Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

"Blade motor" MESSAGEAbnormal in the blade motor driver circuit of main ECU.

Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

"Wheel motor relay" MESSAGE

"Blade motor relay" MESSAGE

Replace the blade motor with a new one (page 9-2) and recheck the fault message in the display.

Abnormal

Normal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Faulty original blade motor.

Check for continuity between the main ECU 30P connector and display 8P connector of main wire harness.

·30P connector No.18 terminal (Brown) - 8P connector No.8 terminal (Brown)

Abnormal

Normal

Replace or repair the main wire harness.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Check for continuity between the main ECU 30P connector and display 8P connector of main wire harness.

·30P connector No.18 terminal (Brown) - 8P connector No.8 terminal (Brown)

Abnormal

Normal

Replace or repair the main wire harness.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

6-14

Page 120: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Area sensor" MESSAGE

"Obstruction sensor" MESSAGE

Check for continuity between the main ECU 4P connector and area sensor 2P connector / of sub wire harness.

·30P connector No.3 terminal (Red) - 4P connector No.1 terminal (Red)

·30P connector No.4 terminal (Green) - 4P connector No.2 terminal (Green)

·30P connector No.1 terminal (Red) - 4P connector No.1 terminal (Red)

·30P connector No.2 terminal (Green) - 4P connector No.2 terminal (Green)

No continuity

Continuity

Replace or repair the sub wire harness.

Check the area sensors using Dr.H. And then replace the faulty sensor(s) (page 10-5) and recheck.

React Check the obstruction sensor/mount shaft installation (page 10-3, 10-4).

Push the main cover, and then check whether both obstruction sensor detects it and warning screen is displayed.

Not Displayed

Displayed

Temporary failure.

Test both obstruction sensors using Dr.H or test mode (page 3-39).

Not react

Replace the obstruction sensor(s) with a new one(s) (page 10-3) and check the mount shafts installation (page 10-4), and then recheck the fault message on the display.

Normal Faulty original obstruction sensor(s) or poor installation of mount shaft(s).

Abnormal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

6-15

Page 121: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Tilt sensor" MESSAGE

"Lift sensor" MESSAGE

Changed Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Tilt the mower and then check whether tilt sensor detects it and warning screen is displayed.

Displayed

Not displayed

Temporary failure.

Angle direction does not changed in the tilt sensor test of the test mode (page 3-38).

Not changed

Calibrate the tilt sensor (page 3-43). Fault does not reset Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Fault reset

Temporary failure.

React Check the lift sensor/lift sensor plate installation (page 10-5, 7-5).

Lift the main cover, and then check whether both lift sensors detect it and warning screen is displayed.

Displayed

Not displayed

Temporary failure.

Test both sensors using Dr.H or test mode (page 3-37).

Not react

Replace the lift sensor(s) with a new one(s) (page 10-5) and check the lift sensor plates installation (page 7-5), and then recheck the fault message in the display.

Normal Faulty original lift sensor(s) or poor installation of lift sensor plate(s).

Abnormal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

6-16

Page 122: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Rollover sensor" MESSAGE

"Manual stop" MESSAGE

"Battery Error" MESSAGEConnect new battery to the mower and check message again.

• HRM300: 1P battery • HRM500: 2P battery

"Motor ECU Error" MESSAGEMain ECU trouble.

Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Abnormal Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Turn the mower upside down and then check whether tilt sensor or rollover sensor detects it and warning screen is displayed.

Displayed

Not displayed

Temporary failure.

Test the rollover sensor (page 3-40).

Normal

Calibrate the tilt sensor (page 3-43). Fault does not reset Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Fault reset

Temporary failure.

React Check the stop switch installation (page 7-3).Test two stop switches react in the manual stop in test mode (page 3-36).

Not react

Replace the stop switch with a new one (page 7-3), and then recheck the fault message in the display.

Normal Faulty original stop switch.

Abnormal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

6-17

Page 123: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

TROUBLESHOOTING FOR WARNING MESSAGE"No Operation :" MESSAGE

"Clock Reset" MESSAGE

Input the correct PIN code 5 minutes later (page 3-16).

Abnormal

Can input by the ten digits keypad. Cannot input Keypad trouble of the display ECU. Replace the display (page 10-3).

Can input

Forget the PIN code.Connect the Dr.H and convey or re-set the PIN code (see the Dr.H manual).

Normal Temporary failure.

Set the correct the date and time.

Abnormal

Can input by the ten digits keypad. Cannot input Keypad trouble of the display ECU. Replace the display (page 10-3).

Can input

The correct time and date is not reflected, or the indication of time and date is abnormal.

Not reflectedor abnormal

Display ECU trouble. Replace the display (page 10-3).

Normal Temporary failure.

Normal Temporary failure.

6-18

Page 124: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Battery voltage high" MESSAGE

"Battery voltage low" MESSAGE

HRM300/500 is connected to the station.

Temporary failure.

No

Check the battery voltage on the display with docking to the station or using Dr.H.

Yes Disconnect the mower from the docking station.Turn ON the power supply and leave it for an hour. Recheck the warning message in the display.

Abnormal Battery trouble. Replace the battery (page 10-7).

NormalAbnormal

Normal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Charge HRM300/500 at the station.

Check the battery voltage on the display with docking to the station or using Dr.H.

Cannot charge

Check for continuity between the main ECU 2P connector and charge socket terminals ( and ) of sub wire harness. ·2P connector No.1 terminal (Green) - (Green) terminal

·2P connector No.2 terminal (Blue) - (Blue) terminal

Can charge Recheck the warning message in the display.

Normal

Battery trouble. Replace the battery (page 10-7).

Normal

Normal

Temporary failure.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Abnormal

Abnormal

Replace or repair the sub wire harness.

Abnormal

6-19

Page 125: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Battery Temp high" MESSAGE

"Battery Temp low" MESSAGE

Check the temperature in the frame using Dr.H.

Temporary failure.

Replace or repair the sub harness.

60 °C or more Cool HRM300/500 and make the temperature in the frame less than 60 °C. And then turn ON the power supply and leave it for an hour. Recheck the warning message in the display.

Battery trouble. Replace the battery (page 10-7).

NormalCheck for continuity between the main ECU 4P connector and battery 4P connector

of sub wire harness.

·4P connector No.2 terminal (Blue) - 4P connector No.2 terminal (Blue)

Abnormal

Less than 60 °C

Check the battery (page 10-8).

Normal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Normal

Abnormal

Abnormal

Check the temperature in the frame using Dr.H.

Temporary failure.

Replace or repair the sub harness.

Less than 5 °C Turn ON the power supply at the place of 5 °C or more, and leave it for an hour.Recheck the warning message in the display.

Battery trouble. Replace the battery (page 10-7).

Normal

Check for continuity between the main ECU 4P connector and battery 4P connector

of sub wire harness.

·4P connector No.2 terminal (Blue) - 4P connector No.2 terminal (Blue)

Abnormal

5 °C or more

Check the battery (page 10-8).

Normal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Normal

Abnormal

Abnormal

6-20

Page 126: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Blade motor" MESSAGE

"Wheel motor blocked" MESSAGE

The temperature of work motor driver (Main ECU) is more than 85 °C.

Less than 85 °C

Abnormal

More than 85 °C Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Let the mower cool down for an hour at ambient temperature and above 5 °C.Check if warning displayed disappeared.

No continuity Replace or repair the main wire harness.

Both traction motors or one side traction motor does not turn.

Traction motor(s) trouble. Replace the traction motor(s) (page 8-3).

Only one side motor Measure the resistance between the RH or LH traction motor 8P connector or terminals.Traction motor winding: 1.1 - 1.3 Ω ·No.5 terminal (Black) - No.6 terminal (White) ·No.5 terminal (Black) - No.7 terminal (Red) ·No.6 terminal (White) - No.7 terminal (Red)

Normal

Measure the resistance between the RH and LH traction motor 8P connector and terminals.Traction motor winding: 1.1 - 1.3 Ω ·No.5 terminal (Black) - No.6 terminal (White) ·No.5 terminal (Black) - No.7 terminal (Red) ·No.6 terminal (White) - No.7 terminal (Red)

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Abnormal

Both motors

Check for continuity between the main ECU 30P connector and display 8P connector of main wire harness.

·30P connector No.18 terminal (Brown) - 2P connector No.8 terminal (Brown)

Continuity

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Normal

Abnormal

6-21

Page 127: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Blade motor blocked" MESSAGE

"Outside loop" MESSAGE

No continuity Replace the main wire harness.

Blade motor trouble. Replace the blade motor (page 9-2).

Measure the resistance between the blade motor 8P connector terminals.Blade motor winding: 0.6 - 1.8 Ω ·No.5 terminal (Black) - No.6 terminal (White) ·No.5 terminal (Black) - No.7 terminal (Red) ·No.6 terminal (White) - No.7 terminal (Red)

Check for continuity between the main ECU 30P connector and display 8P connector of main wire harness.

·30P connector No.18 terminal (Brown) - 2P connector No.8 terminal (Brown)

Continuity

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Normal

Abnormal

Yes Change the station (pulse signal) type in the set up (page 3-13).

Move HRM300/500 in the mowing zone, and then recheck the warning message in the display.

Normal

Abnormal

Temporary failure.

Other lawnmowers are near the mowing zone.

No

Check whether the boundary wire terminal is correctly connected to the station (page 3-12).

Abnormal Connect the boundary wire terminal to the station correctly.

Normal

Check for continuity the boundary wire.Abnormal Repair the boundary wire.

Normal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

6-22

Page 128: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"No loop signal" MESSAGE

LED of the station is turned on green.

Temporary failure.

Yes Recheck the warning message in the display.

Normal

LED of the station is blinking in umber.

No

Other lawnmowers are near the mowing zone.

Yes

Change the station (pulse signal) type in the set up (page 3-13).

Abnormal

The station (pulse signal) type is set up correctly (page 3-13).

No

Set up the station (pulse signal) type correctly (page 3-13).

No

Check for continuity boundary wire.

Yes

Abnormal

Replace the boundary wire.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Normal

Check whether the boundary wire terminal is correctly connected to the station (page 3-12), and check for continuity the boundary wire.

Yes

LED of the station is turned on red.

No

Station ECU trouble. Replace the station ECU (page 11-2).

Yes

Station ECU trouble. Replace the station ECU (page 11-2).

No

6-23

Page 129: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Obstruction detection" MESSAGE

Input the PIN code (page 3-16).

Temporary failure.

Normal Recheck the warning message in the display.

Normal

Can input by the ten digit keypad.

Abnormal

The main cover is in the correct position.

No

Install the main cover correctly (page 7-5).

Abnormal

Yes

Check for continuity between the main ECU 30P connector and obstruction sensor 3P connector / of main wire harness.

·30P connector No.9 terminal (Green) - 3P connector No.1 terminal (Green)

·30P connector No.24 terminal (Red) - 3P connector No.2 terminal (Red)

·30P connector No.14 terminal (White) - 3P connector No.3 terminal (White)

·30P connector No.12 terminal (Green) - 3P connector No.1 terminal (Green)

·30P connector No.27 terminal (Red) - 3P connector No.2 terminal (Red)

·30P connector No.29 terminal (White) - 3P connector No.3 terminal (White)

Abnormal

Replace or repair the main wire harness.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Normal

Keypad trouble of the display ECU. Replace the display (page 10-3).

Cannot input

Forget the PIN code.Connect the Dr.H and convey or re-set the PIN code (see the Dr.H manual).

Caninput

6-24

Page 130: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Excessive Tilt" MESSAGE

Put HRM300/500 on the level surface (15° or less) and input the PIN code (page 3-16).

Temporary failure.

Normal Recheck the warning message in the display.

Normal

Can input by the ten digits keypad.

Abnormal

Horizontal or vertical direction is shown 0° in the tilt sensor test from the test mode (page 3-38).

Not shown 0°

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Abnormal

Shown 0°

Calibrate the tilt sensor (page 3-43).

Warning reset

Temporary failure.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Warning doesnot reset

Keypad trouble of the display ECU. Replace the display (page 10-3).

Cannot input

Forget the PIN code.Connect the Dr.H and convey or re-set the PIN code (see the Dr.H manual).

Caninput

Calibrate the tilt sensor (page 3-43).

Shown 0°

Temporary failure.

Not shown 0°

6-25

Page 131: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Lifted" MESSAGE

Input the PIN code (page 3-16).

Temporary failure.

Normal Recheck the warning message in the display.

Normal

Can input by the ten digits keypad.

Abnormal

The lift sensor plate is in the correct position.

No

Install the main cover correctly or replace the main cover (page 7-5)

Abnormal

Yes

Check for continuity between the main ECU 30P connector and lift sensor 3P connector / of main wire harness.

·30P connector No.13 terminal (Green) - 3P connector No.1 terminal (Green)

·30P connector No.28 terminal (Red) - 3P connector No.2 terminal (Red)

·30P connector No.30 terminal (White) - 3P connector No.3 terminal (White)

·30P connector No.11 terminal (Green) - 3P connector No.1 terminal (Green)

·30P connector No.26 terminal (Red) - 3P connector No.2 terminal (Red)

·30P connector No.15 terminal (White) - 3P connector No.3 terminal (White)

Abnormal

Replace or repair the main wire harness.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Normal

Keypad trouble of the display ECU. Replace the display (page 10-3).

Cannot input

Forget the PIN code.Connect the Dr.H and convey or re-set the PIN code (see the Dr.H manual).

Caninput

6-26

Page 132: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Upside down" MESSAGE

Put HRM300/500 on the level surface (15° or less) and input the PIN code (page 3-16).

Temporary failure.

Normal Recheck the warning message in the display.

Normal

Can input by the ten keypad.

Abnormal

The test is successful in the rollover sensor test from the test mode (page 3-40).

Abnormal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Abnormal

Normal

Calibrate the tilt sensor (page 3-43).

Warning reset

Temporary failure.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Warning doesnot reset

Keypad trouble of the display ECU. Replace the display (page 10-3).

Cannot input

Forget the PIN code.Connect the Dr.H and convey or re-set the PIN code (see the Dr.H manual).

Caninput

6-27

Page 133: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MEMO

Page 134: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

7. COVER

7

TOP COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION····7-2

TOP COVER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY··7-3

MAIN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION··7-5

STOP SWITCH INSPECTION······················· 7-6

7-1

Page 135: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

COVER

COVERTOP COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

TOP COVERPUSH-PULL CLIP (2)

REMOVAL:Be careful not to break the hooks.INSTALLATION:Set the front hook at first.

hook (7)

STOP SWITCH 4P CONNECTOR

7-2

Page 136: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

COVER

TOP COVER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLYRemove the top cover (page 7-2).

Remove the two screws [1] and front cover [2].

Remove the height adjust cover [3].

Slide the control cover shaft [1] to the left and removethe right end of the control cover shaft from the hole ofthe top cover [2].

Remove the control cover [3] by releasing the left end ofthe control cover shaft from the hole of the top cover.

Remove the control cover shaft and control coverspring [4] from the control cover.

Remove the stop switch bracket [1] in the direction asshown while pushing the manual stop button [2].

Be careful not to bend the stop switch bracket [1].

Remove the manual stop button shaft [1] in the directionas shown.

Remove the manual stop button [2] and manual stopbutton spring [3].

[1]

[2] [3]

[1]

[2]

[4]

[3]

[1][2]

[1]

[2]

[3]

7-3

Page 137: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

COVER

Remove the stop switch 4P connector [1] fromconnector holder of the top cover [2].

Remove the wire harness from groove of the top cover.

Remove the screw [1], washer [2] and self-lock nut [3],and then rotate the stop switch [4].

Remove the stop switch by releasing the projections [5]of the stop switch from the groove of the top cover.

Assembly is reverse order of disassembly.

• Insert the screws from inner side. • Note the direction of the manual stop button spring. • Be careful not to break the stop switches when

installing the stop switch bracket. • Check whether the manual stop button operates

correctly after installation. • Be careful not to bend the stop switch bracket.

After installation, check the clearance between stopswitch bracket [1] and top cover [2].

The clearance should be 5.2 mm.

If the clearance is not 5.2 mm, adjust it by bending thestop switch bracket carefully.

Do not bend the stop switch bracket excessively.

[1][2]

TORQUE:FRONT COVER SCREW: 1.2 N·m

(0.12 kgf·m, 0.9 lbf·ft)STOP SWITCH SCREW/SELF-LOCK NUT:

0.4 N·m (0.04 kgf·m, 0.3 lbf·ft)

[3]

[2]

[4]

[1]

[4] [5]

5.2 mm

[1]

[2]

7-4

Page 138: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

COVER

MAIN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATIONRemove the top cover (page 7-2).

BOLT (5 x 12 mm) (3)

LIFT WASHER (3)

MAIN COVERWASHER (3)

LIFT SENSOR PLATE (2)·Do not remove the plate from main cover.·Check whether it is installed correctly before main cover installation.

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION:Loosen/tighten the bolt by fixing the mount shaft using a 10 mm wrench.

7-5

Page 139: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

COVER

STOP SWITCH INSPECTIONRemove the stop switch (page 7-3).

Check for continuity between the stop switch 4Pconnector terminals shown in the table below.

RH stop switch

LH stop switch

Switch position

Terminal OFF ON

1 (Black) Continuity No

Continuity2 (White)

Switch position

Terminal OFF ON

3 (Black) Continuity No

Continuity4 (White)

LH STOP SWITCH

RH STOP SWITCH

7-6

Page 140: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

8. WHEEL/TRACTION MOTOR

8

FRONT WHEEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION··························8-2

REAR WHEEL/TRACTION MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ························· 8-3

TRACTION MOTOR INSPECTION··············· 8-4

8-1

Page 141: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

WHEEL/TRACTION MOTOR

WHEEL/TRACTION MOTORFRONT WHEEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATIONRemove the following:

– Top cover (page 7-2)– Main cover (page 7-5)

(inside)

SPLIT PIN (2)

WASHER (4)

FRONT CASTER BUSH (8)

FRONT CASTER

FRONT WHEEL CAP

FRONT CASTER ROD

8-2

Page 142: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

WHEEL/TRACTION MOTOR

REAR WHEEL/TRACTION MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATIONRemove the following:

– Top cover (page 7-2)– Main cover (page 7-5)– Upper frame (page 10-2)– Main ECU (page 10-7)

O-RING

TRACTION MOTOR

SPECIAL BOLT (6 mm) (4)

WOODRUFF KEY

WHEEL

SELF-LOCK NUT (6 mm)

9 N·m (0.92 kgf·m, 6.6 lbf·ft)

11 N·m (1.1 kgf·m, 8 lbf·ft)

WASHER

Avoid grease on the threads.

Avoid grease on washer seating surface.

8-3

Page 143: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

WHEEL/TRACTION MOTOR

TRACTION MOTOR INSPECTIONWINDING RESISTANCE INSPECTIONRemove the traction motor (page 8-3).

Measure the resistance between the traction motor 8Pconnector terminals shown in the table below.

Traction motor 8P connector

Resistance (Ω)(at 20 °C/68 °F)

No.5 (Black) – No.6 (White)

1.1 - 1.3No.5 (Black) – No.7 (Red)

No.6 (White) – No.7 (Red)

/

8-4

Page 144: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

9. BLADE/BLADE MOTOR

9

BLADE/BLADE MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION·············································9-2

BLADE MOTOR INSPECTION ····················· 9-3

9-1

Page 145: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

BLADE/BLADE MOTOR

BLADE/BLADE MOTORBLADE/BLADE MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATIONRemove the following:

– Top cover (page 7-2)– Main cover (page 7-5)– Upper frame (page 10-2)

SPECIAL BOLT (6 mm) (4)

HEIGHT ADJUST HANDLEINSTALLATION:·When handle tightened (when blade disk is on the top), check that the triangle mark faces the front as shown.

·Check that the handle does not interfere with the under frame after installation.

Apply the grease to contact area of the height adjust handle and frame.

triangle mark

O-RING

WOODRUFF KEY

ROTARY BLADE (3)

BLADE HOLDER

BLADE MOTOR HOUSING

INSTALLATION:Route the wire harness in the proper positions securely (page 4-5).

INSTALLATION:·Check the rotary blade for wear and damage before installation.

·Install the rotary blade in the direction as shown.

·Check that the rotary blade rotates smoothly after bolt tightening.

BLADE MOTOR

WASHERSELF-LOCK NUT (8 mm)

BLADE DISK

9 N·m (0.92 kgf·m, 6.6 lbf·ft)BLADE BOLT (3)4.5 N·m (0.46 kgf·m, 3.3 lbf·ft)

blade disk side

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION:Loosen/tighten the self-lock nut by fixing the blade holder using a 17 mm wrench. 29 N·m (3.0 kgf·m, 21 lbf·ft)

5 mm (0.2 in)

Avoid grease on washer seating surface.

Avoid grease on seating surface.

Avoid grease on the threads.

9-2

Page 146: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

BLADE/BLADE MOTOR

BLADE HEIGHT ADJUSTMENTOpen the height adjustment dial cover [1].

Turn the dial [2] anticlockwise to lower the blades, orturn the dial clockwise to raise the blades.Use the numbers on the dial to approximate the heightof the blades.Approximate blade heights for each dial position:

BLADE MOTOR INSPECTIONWINDING RESISTANCE INSPECTIONRemove the blade motor (page 9-2).

Measure the resistance between the blade motor 8Pconnector terminals shown in the table below.

Position Approximate blade height

1 2 cm (0.8 in)

2 3 cm (1.2 in)

3 4 cm (1.6 in)

4 5 cm (2.0 in)

5 6 cm (2.4 in)

[1]

[2]

Blade motor 8P connector Resistance (Ω)(at 20 °C/68 °F)

No.5 (Black) – No.6 (White)

0.6 - 1.8No.5 (Black) – No.7 (Red)

No.6 (White) – No.7 (Red)

9-3

Page 147: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MEMO

Page 148: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

10. OTHER ELECTRICAL

10

UPPER FRAME REMOVAL/INSTALLATION························10-2

DISPLAY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ·······10-3

OBSTRUCTION SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION························10-3

MOUNT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION························10-4

LIFT SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION························10-5

AREA SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ······················· 10-5

CHARGE SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ······················· 10-6

MAIN ECU REMOVAL/INSTALLATION····· 10-7

BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION······ 10-7

BATTERY INSPECTION····························· 10-8

10-1

Page 149: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

OTHER ELECTRICAL

OTHER ELECTRICALUPPER FRAME REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Disconnect the battery 4P connector before disconnecting/connecting the connector from/to main ECU.

Turn OFF the main switch.

Remove the following:

– Top cover (page 7-2)– Main cover (page 7-5)

Remove the special bolts, nuts and special nuts.

Lift the upper frame slightly and disconnect the battery 4P connector. Disconnect the main ECU 30P connector and remove the upper frame.

Remove the frame seal A and B.

Installation is the reverse order of removal.

• Replace and apply grease to the frame seal A and B.

SPECIAL BOLT (6 mm) (12)

INSTALLATION:Tighten the special bolts in the numbered sequence as shown in 2 or 3 steps.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

10

9

11

12

NUT (6 mm) (10)SPECIAL NUT (6 mm) (2)

FRAME SEAL A

FRAME SEAL B

MAIN ECU 30P CONNECTOR

BATTERY 4P CONNECTOR

UPPER FRAME

10-2

Page 150: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

OTHER ELECTRICAL

DISPLAY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

• Do the preventive measure of static electricity beforeremoval/installation. main ECU, display, battery andsensor etc. may be damaged because of staticelectricity (page 3-2).

• If the display is dropped, do not use it because itmay have damaged.

• The display may be damaged, if trash and dust gointo the inside. Perform removal/installation indoors.

Turn OFF the main switch.

Remove the following:

– Top cover (page 7-2)– Main cover (page 7-5)

Remove the six screws [1].

Lift the display [2] slightly and disconnect the 8Pconnector [3]. Remove the display.

• Place the display quietly with the stable position onan insulator without trash, dust, and moisture etc.

Remove the frame seal C [4].

Installation is the reverse order of removal.

• Replace and apply grease to the frame seal C.

OBSTRUCTION SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Do the preventive measure of static electricity beforeremoval/installation. main ECU, display, battery andsensor etc. may be damaged because of staticelectricity (page 3-2).

Turn OFF the main switch.

Remove the upper frame (page 10-2).

Disconnect the 3P connector [1].

Remove the tapping screw [2], washer [3] andobstruction sensor [4].

• Place the obstruction sensor quietly with the stableposition on an insulator without trash, dust, andmoisture etc.

Installation is the reverse order of removal.

• Put the holes [5] of the obstruction sensor in theprojections [6] of the upper frame securely.

TORQUE:DISPLAY SCREW: 1.2 N·m

(0.12 kgf·m, 0.9 lbf·ft)

[1]

[2]

[3][4]

TORQUE:OBSTRUCTION SENSOR SCREW:

0.4 N·m (0.04 kgf·m, 0.3 lbf·ft)

[1]

[2]

[3]

[5]

[4]

[6]

Front obstruction sensor shown:

10-3

Page 151: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

OTHER ELECTRICAL

MOUNT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATIONREMOVALRemove the following:

– Top cover (page 7-2)– Main cover (page 7-5)

INSTALLATIONInstall the mount springs [1] to spring plate [2] andspring washer [3].

Install the spring plate in the position as shown.

• Set the projection [4] of the spring plate between theribs [5] of the upper frame.

Install the mount washer [1] by aligning the projections[2] of the rib with cutouts [3] as shown.

Check whether mount shaft is with the magnet, andinstall the mount shaft.

• Front and right mount shaft are with magnet. • Left mount shaft is without

magnet.

Install the special nuts and mount plate, and tighten thespecial bolts.

• Direct the small projections of the mount plate todownside and install it.

SPRING PLATE

MOUNT SPRING (3)

MOUNT WASHER

SPECIAL NUT (3)

MOUNT PLATE

MOUNT SHAFT

SPECIAL BOLT (6 mm) (3)

SPRING WASHER

Front mount shaft shown:

Front mount shaft: with magnet

Right mount shaft: with magnet

Left mount shaft: without magnet

[3]

[1]

[2] [4]

[5]

[3]

Front mount shaft shown:

[1]

[2]

[3]

Front mount shaft shown:

10-4

Page 152: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

OTHER ELECTRICAL

LIFT SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Do the preventive measure of static electricity beforeremoval/installation. main ECU, display, battery andsensor etc. may be damaged because of staticelectricity (page 3-2).

Turn OFF the main switch.

Remove the upper frame (page 10-2).

Disconnect the 3P connector [1].

Remove the two tapping screws [2] and lift sensor [3].

• Place the lift sensor quietly with the stable positionon an insulator without trash, dust, and moisture etc.

Installation is the reverse order of removal.

• Direct the connector of the lift sensor to inner sideand install it.

AREA SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Do the preventive measure of static electricity beforeremoval/installation. main ECU, display, battery andsensor etc. may be damaged because of staticelectricity (page 3-2).

FRONT RH/LH AREA SENSORTurn OFF the main switch.

Remove the following:

– Top cover (page 7-2)– Main cover (page 7-5)

Disconnect the terminals [1].

Remove the two bolts [2], washers [3], collars [4] andspecial nuts [5].Remove the two special bolts [6] and nuts [7].

Remove the front area sensor cover [8] and frame sealD [9].

Disconnect the 2P connector [10].

Remove the two tapping screws [11] and area sensor[12].

• Place the area sensor quietly with the stable positionon an insulator without trash, dust, and moisture etc.

Installation is the reverse order of removal.

• Direct the connector of the area sensor to backsideand install it.

• Replace the frame seal D.

TORQUE:LIFT SENSOR SCREW: 0.4 N·m

(0.04 kgf·m, 0.3 lbf·ft)

[1]

[2]

[3]

LH lift sensor shown:

TORQUE:AREA SENSOR SCREW: 0.4 N·m

(0.04 kgf·m, 0.3 lbf·ft)

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[9]

[10]

[11]

[12]

[8]

10-5

Page 153: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

OTHER ELECTRICAL

REAR AREA SENSORTurn OFF the main switch.

Remove the upper frame (page 10-2).

Disconnect the 2P connector [1].

Remove the two tapping screws [2] and rear areasensor [3].

• Place the area sensor quietly with the stable positionon an insulator without trash, dust, and moisture etc.

Installation is the reverse order of removal.

• Direct the connector of the rear area sensor to innerside and install it.

CHARGE SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Turn OFF the main switch.

Remove the following:

– Top cover (page 7-2)– Main cover (page 7-5)

Disconnect the terminals [1].

Remove the screw [2], washer [3] and charge socket[4].

Installation is the reverse order of removal.

• Check the charge socket for damage, bent and rustbefore installation. Replace it if necessary.

TORQUE:AREA SENSOR SCREW: 0.4 N·m

(0.04 kgf·m, 0.3 lbf·ft)

[1]

[2]

[3]

TORQUE:CHARGE SOCKET SCREW:

1.2 N·m (0.12 kgf·m, 0.9 lbf·ft)

[2]

[3][4]

[1]

10-6

Page 154: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

OTHER ELECTRICAL

MAIN ECU REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

• Do the preventive measure of static electricity beforeremoval/installation. main ECU, display, battery andsensor etc. may be damaged because of staticelectricity (page 3-2).

• If main ECU is dropped, do not use it because it mayhave damaged.

• main ECU may be damaged, if trash and dust gointo the inside. Perform removal/installation indoors.

Turn OFF the main switch.

Remove the upper frame (page 10-2).

Disconnect the connectors [1] and remove the tractionmotor harness from harness clip [2].

Remove the main ECU [3].

• Place main ECU quietly with the stable position onan insulator without trash, dust, and moisture etc.

Installation is the reverse order of removal.

• Route the wire harness in the proper positionssecurely (page 4-5).

BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

• Do the preventive measure of static electricity beforeremoval/installation. main ECU, display, battery andsensor etc. may be damaged because of staticelectricity (page 3-2).

• If the battery is dropped, do not use it because itmay have damaged.

• The battery may be damaged, if trash and dust gointo the inside. Perform removal/installation indoors.

• Observe the local laws and regulations for disposal.

Remove the main ECU (page 10-7).

• Place main ECU quietly with the stable position onan insulator without trash, dust, and moisture etc.

Remove the two special bolts [1], nuts [2] and battery[3].

[2]

[1]

[3]

[1]

[1]

[3]

HRM500 shown:

[2]

10-7

Page 155: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

OTHER ELECTRICAL

Remove the screws [1], battery upper cover [2] andlower cover [3] from the battery [4].

Remove the battery setting plates [5].

Installation is the reverse order of removal.

Be careful not to damage the tabs.

BATTERY INSPECTIONBATTERY VOLTAGE INSPECTIONRemove the battery (page 10-7).

Measure the voltage between the battery 4P connectorNo.2 terminal and No.3 terminal.

If the battery voltage is low, charge the lawnmower atdocking station.

THERMISTOR RESISTANCE INSPECTIONMeasure the resistance between the battery 4Pconnector No.1 terminal and No.3 terminal.

If measured resistance is not in above table, replace thebattery.

TORQUE:BATTERY CASE SCREW: 0.4 N·m

(0.04 kgf·m, 0.3 lbf·ft)

[1]

[2]

HRM500 shown:

[3]

[4][5]

Battery 4P connector Voltage (V)(at 20 °C/68 °F)

No.1 (Red) – No.4 (Black) 15.0 - 24.9

4P battery shown:

Battery 4P connectorResistance (kΩ)(at – 20 to 60 °C/

– 4 to 140 °F)

No.2 (Blue) – No.4 (Black) 4.7 - 198

To prevent short, make absolutely certain which are the positive and negative terminals or cable.

10-8

Page 156: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

11. DOCKING STATION

11

STATION DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY ·····11-2 TRANSFORMER INSPECTION·················· 11-3

11-1

Page 157: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

DOCKING STATION

DOCKING STATIONSTATION DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

• Do the preventive measure of static electricity before removal/installation. The station ECU may bedamaged because of static electricity (page 3-2).

• If the station ECU is dropped, do not use it because it may have been damaged. • The station ECU may be damaged, if trash and dust go into the inside. Perform removal/installation indoors.

WASHER (2)

BOLT (6 x 32 mm) (2)

CHARGE PLUG UPPER COVER

CHARGE PLUG LOWER COVER

CHARGE PLUG (2)Check the charge plug for damage, bent and rust before installation. Replace it if necessary.

COLLAR (2)

TAPPING SCREW (5 mm) (2)2.0 N·m (0.20 kgf·m, 1.5 lbf·ft)

NUT (6 mm) (2)

STATION SEAL

STATION INDICATOR LENS/INDICATOR LENS GROMMET

Visually inspect the station seal for dust or other damage before installation. If necessary, wipe it with a clean lint-free cloth or replace it. Avoid grease on any electrical parts.

STATION ECU·Hold the side face when you pull it up/down.

·Place the station ECU quietly with the stable position on an insulator without trash, dust, and moisture etc.

STATION

STATION HARNESS COVER

CONNECTOR BASE

STATION HARNESSREMOVAL:Pull out the terminal from connector base after pushing the projection of terminal by a suitable tool.

INSTALLATION:·If the terminal is pulled out from the connector base, replace the station harness.

·Route the wire harness in the proper positions securely (page 4-5).

TAPPING SCREW (5 mm) (4)0.6 N·m (0.06 kgf·m, 0.4 lbf·ft)

STATION COVER

INSTALLATION:Insert the projection of the upper cover into the hole of the lower cover, and then slide the upper cover and hook the projection.

projection

Radio signal cord (page 6-23)

11-2

Page 158: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

DOCKING STATION

TRANSFORMER INSPECTIONCheck for continuity between the terminals oftransformer plug [1].Check for continuity between the terminals oftransformer 2P connector [2].

Measure the resistance between the terminals oftransformer plug [1].

Measure the resistance between the terminals oftransformer 2P connector [2].

Terminal Type Resistance (Ω)(at 20 °C/68 °F)

Plug [1]EAE/EAS 27 - 56

EAB 32 - 63

Terminal Resistance (Ω)(at 20 °C/68 °F)

2P connector [2] 0.6 - 1.8

EAE type shown:

[2]

[1]

EAE type EAS type EAB type

[1]

[2]

11-3

Page 159: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MEMO

Page 160: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

12. WIRING DIAGRAMS

12

HOW TO READ A WIRING DIAGRAM & RELATED INFORMATION··························12-2

WIRING DIAGRAM ···································· 12-3

12-1

Page 161: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

WIRING DIAGRAMS

WIRING DIAGRAMSHOW TO READ A WIRING DIAGRAM & RELATED INFORMATIONThe wiring diagram, connector general layout drawing, connector drawings, and the symbols used in troubleshooting are explainedin this section.

HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAM

1

2

C1

4

5

GND2

T1

T21

2

1310

11

3

C8

C7

12

53

46

710

9 1 25 4 6 710

12

3

12

12

34

91

25

34

87

101

2

92

54

710

12

34

16

12

C10

C9 T8

T6

T7

T5T3

T4

G

G/W

G/R

G/B

l

R/W Br

Br Y

GG

R

R

R R

W

W

W

R

Bl/RBl/Bu

G

G

YY

Bu

W/RBl/R

G

Bl/RBl

(Br)(Br)

G

(Bl/R)

(Bl /Bu)

(Y)

W/RBl/R

(Bu)

(Bl)

BlY

Bu

RW

G

RW

G

RW

G

(G/W)

(G/R)(G/Bl)

(R/W)

(Y)(Bu)

(R)

(R)

(W)

G

MAIN(U)MAIN(V)

SUB(V)SUV(N)

MAIN(W)-vdc

AC1AC2

VCC

VCC

N.C.N.C.

RXDTXD

V2

ECO

HZ

PL

PL

B

B

AA

ES

E

ES

EXIC

CPU

PC

E Reg

LS

IND(-)IND(+)

INVERTER UNIT

IGNITION CONTROL MODULE

FRAME GND

ENGINE STOP SWITCH

30A20A

DC RECEPTACLE(+)(-)

Bl Black Br BrownY Yellow O OrangeBu Blue Lb Light blueG Green Lg Light greenR Red P PinkW White Gr Gray

SYMBOL OF TERMINALIt shows the shape of each terminal to identify whether it is a male or female terminal.

TERMINAL No.

CONNECTOR/TERMINAL No.Every connector and terminal has a number to help the users find the location and shape of the connector and the terminal arrangement by referring to the “Connector general layout drawing” and/or the “Connector drawing”. All the connector/terminal numbers shown in this Service Manual are either of those shown in this section.

Indicates the ground.(Circled GND followed with No. in white background)

: Connector that relays from a harness to a harness (Circled No. in black background)

: Connector that connects to electrical equipment (Circled No. in white background)

: Connector (Circled C followed with No. in white background)

: Terminal (Circled T followed with No. in white background)

: Ground (Circled GND followed with No. in white background)

12-2

Page 162: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

13-1

13

dummytext

INDEXAAREA SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION···············10-5BBATTERY INSPECTION···············································10-8BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ························10-7BEFORE INSTALLATION···············································3-4BLADE CONDITION CHECK··········································5-3BLADE DISC CONDITION CHECK ································5-3BLADE MOTOR INSPECTION·······································9-3BLADE/BLADE MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ····9-2BOUNDARY WIRE INSTALLATION·······························3-9CCHARGE SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION··········10-6DDIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS···········································1-4DISPLAY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION··························10-3DOCKING STATION CHECK ·········································5-5DOCKING STATION CLEANING ···································5-5DOCKING STATION SCREW CHECK···························5-5EELECTRICAL ··································································1-3ERROR MESSAGE LIST················································6-8FFRONT WHEEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION·················8-2HHARNESS ROUTING ·····················································4-5HOW TO READ A WIRING DIAGRAM & RELATED INFORMATION·····························································12-2HOW TO READ CONNECTOR DRAWINGS ·················4-4LLIFT SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ·················10-5LUBRICATION································································4-3MMAIN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ····················7-5MAIN ECU REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ·······················10-7MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE ·········································5-2MAINTENANCE STANDARDS·······································4-2MANUAL STOP BUTTON OPERATION CHECK···········5-4MOUNT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ···············10-4NNOISE·············································································1-2

OOBSTRUCTION SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ···························································· 10-3PPROGRAMING····························································· 3-15RREAR WHEEL/TRACTION MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ······························································ 8-3RUNNING SPEED·························································· 1-3SSAFETY INSTRUCTIONS·············································· 3-2SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION······································· 1-2SETTING METHODE ··················································· 3-18SPECIFICATIONS·························································· 1-2STATION DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY ······················· 11-2STOP SWITCH INSPECTION········································ 7-6SYSTEM DIAGRAM ······················································· 6-2SYSTEM DISCRIPTION················································· 2-2TTOP COVER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY···················· 7-3TOP COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ····················· 7-2TORQUE VALUES ························································· 4-2TRACTION MOTOR INSPECTION································ 8-4TRANSFORMER INSPECTION··································· 11-3TRANSMISSION AND DRIVING PART ························· 1-3TRANSMISSION AND WORKING PART······················· 1-3TROUBLESHOOTING

BEFORE TROUBLESHOOTING ······························· 6-4DOCKING SYSTEM··················································· 6-4FAULT MESSAGE··················································· 6-11GRASS CUTTING SYSTEM······································ 6-6RUNNING SYSTEM··················································· 6-5WARNING MESSAGE············································· 6-18

TYPE CODE··································································· 1-2UUPPER FRAME REMOVAL/INSTALLATION··············· 10-2WWIRING DIAGRAM······················································· 12-3

INDEX

Page 163: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

How to use this manual

How to use this manualA Few Words About SafetySERVICE INFORMATIONThe service and repair information contained in this manual is intended for use by qualified, professional technicians. Attemptingservice or repairs without the proper training, tools, and equipment could cause injury to you and/or others. It could also damagethis Honda product or create an unsafe condition.

This manual describes the proper methods and procedures for performing service, maintenance, and repairs. Some proceduresrequire the use special tools. Any person who intends to use a replacement part, service procedure, or a tool that is notrecommended by Honda must determine the risks to their personal safety and the safe operation of this product.

If you need to replace a part, use Honda Genuine parts with the correct part number or an equivalent part. We strongly recommendthat you do not use replacement parts of inferior quality.

For Your Customer’s SafetyProper service and maintenance are essential to the customer’s safety and the reliability of this product. Any error or oversightwhile servicing this product can result in faulty operation, damage to the product, or injury to others.

For Your SafetyBecause this manual is intended for the professional service technician, we do not provide warnings about many basic shop safetypractices (e.g., Hot parts-wear gloves). If you have not received shop safety training or do not feel confident about your knowledgeof safe servicing practices, we recommend that you do not attempt to perform the procedures described in this manual.

Some of the most important general service safety precautions are given below. However, we cannot warn you of everyconceivable hazard that can arise in performing service and repair procedures. Only you can decide whether or not you shouldperform a given task.

Important Safety PrecautionsMake sure you have a clear understanding of all basic shop safety practices and that you are wearing appropriate clothing andusing safety equipment. When performing any service task, be especially careful of the following:

• Read all of the instructions before you begin, and make sure you have the tools, the replacement or repair parts, and the skillsrequired to perform the tasks safely and completely.

• Protect your eyes by using proper safety glasses, goggles, or face shields anytime you hammer, drill, grind, or work aroundpressurized air, pressurized liquids, springs, or other stored-energy components. If there is any doubt, put on eye protection.

• Use other protective wear when necessary, for example gloves or safety shoes. Handling hot or sharp parts can cause severeburns or cuts. Before you grab something that looks like it can hurt you, stop and put on gloves.

• Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make sure that the blade rests, before operation.

Improper service or repairs can create an unsafe condition that can cause your customer or others to be seriously hurt or killed.

Follow the procedures and precautions in this manual and other service materials carefully.

Failure to properly follow instructions and precautions can cause you to be seriously hurt or killed.

Follow the procedures and precautions in this manual carefully.

0-1

Page 164: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

CONTENTS

dummyheaddummyhead

GENERAL INFORMATION 1TECHNICAL FEATURES 2INSTALLATION 3

SERVICE INFORMATION 4MAINTENANCE 5TROUBLESHOOTING 6COVER 7WHEEL/TRACTION MOTOR 8BLADE/BLADE MOTOR 9OTHER ELECTRICAL 10DOCKING STATION 11WIRING DIAGRAMS 12INDEX
Page 165: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

How to use this manual

INTRODUCTIONThis manual covers the service and repair procedures for the Honda HRM300/HRM500 robotic lawnmower.

All information contained in this manual is based on the latest product information available at the time of printing. We reserve theright to make changes at anytime without notice.

No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, by any means, electronic,mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without prior written permission of the publisher. This includes text, figures, andtables.

As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded by a symbol. The purpose of this message is to helpprevent damage to this Honda product, other property, or the environment.

SAFETY MESSAGESYour safety and the safety of other, are very important. To help you make informed decisions, we have provided safety messagesand other safety information throughout this manual. Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the hazardsassociated with servicing these products. You must use your own good judgement.

© Honda Motor Co., Ltd.SERVICE PUBLICATION OFFICE

Date of Issue: January 2013

You will find important safety information in a variety of forms, including: • Safety Labels – on the product. • Safety Messages – preceded by a safety alert symbol and one of three signal words, DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.

These signal words mean:

You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don’t follow instructions.

You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don’t follow instructions.

You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow instructions.

• Instructions – how to service these products correctly and safely.

ALL INFORMATION, ILLUSTRATIONS, DIRECTIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDED IN THIS PUBLICATION ARE BASED ON THE LATEST PRODUCT INFORMATION AVAILABLE AT THE TIME OF APPROVAL FOR PRINTING. Honda Motor Co., Ltd. RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE CHANGES AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE AND WITHOUT INCURRING ANY OBLIGATION WHATSOEVER. NO PART OF THIS PUBLICATION MAY BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION. THIS MANUAL IS WRITTEN FOR PERSONS WHO HAVE ACQUIRED BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF MAINTENANCE ON Honda PRODUCTS.

0-3

Page 166: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

How to use this manual

SERVICE RULES • Use Honda Genuine or Honda-recommended parts and lubricants or their equivalents. Parts that do not meet Honda’s design

specifications may damage the unit. • Use the special tools designed for the product. • Install new gaskets, O-rings, etc. when reassembling. • When torquing bolts or nuts, begin with larger-diameter or inner bolts first and tighten to the specified torque diagonally, unless

a particular sequence is specified. • Clean parts in cleaning solvent upon disassembly. Lubricate any sliding surfaces before reassembly. • After reassembly, check all parts for proper installation and operation. • Many screws used in this machine are self-tapping. Be aware that cross-threading or overtightening these screws will strip the

threads and ruin the hole.

Use only metric tools when servicing this unit. Metric bolts, nuts, and screws are not interchangeable with non-metric fasteners. Theuse of incorrect tools and fasteners will damage the unit.

SYMBOLSThe symbols used throughout this manual show specific service procedures. If supplementary information is required pertaining tothese symbols, it will be explained specifically in the text without the use of the symbols.

Replace the part(s) with new one(s) before assembly.

Use the recommend engine oil, unless otherwise specified.

Use molybdenum oil solution (mixture of the engine oil and molybdenum grease in a ratio of 1:1).

Use multi-purpose grease (lithium based multi-purpose grease NLGI #2 or equivalent).

Use marine grease (water resistant urea based grease).

Apply a locking agent. Use a medium strength locking agent unless otherwise specified.

Apply sealant.

Use automatic transmission fluid.

( x ) ( ) Indicates the diameter, length, and quantity of metric bolts used.page 1-1 Indicates the reference page.

0-4

Page 167: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MEMO

Page 168: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

1. GENERAL INFORMATION

1

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION ·····················1-2

TYPE CODE ··················································1-2

SPECIFICATIONS·········································1-2

NOISE····························································1-2

TRANSMISSION AND DRIVING PART ········1-3

RUNNING SPEED········································· 1-3

TRANSMISSION AND WORKING PART····· 1-3

ELECTRICAL ················································ 1-3

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS························· 1-4

1-1

Page 169: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

GENERAL INFORMATION

GENERAL INFORMATIONSERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONThe serial number is located in the following location.

Always refer to this number when making technical inquiries or ordering parts in order to obtain the correct parts.

TYPE CODE

SPECIFICATIONS

NOISE

FRAME SERIAL NUMBER

Type REGIONEAE EU except for U.K.EAB U.K. EAS Switzerland

Model HRM300 HRM500Description code MAWF MBAFType EAE EAB EAS EAE EAB EASOverall length 645 mm (25.4 in)Overall width 550 mm (21.7 in)Overall height 275 mm (10.8 in) Curb weight 11.5 kg (25.4 lbs) 11.8 kg (26.0 lbs) Tread width Front 305 mm (12.0 in)

Rear 400 mm (15.7 in)Wheel base 300 mm (11.8 in)Cutting width 220 mm (8.7 in)Height adjust 20 - 60 mm (0.8 - 2.4 in)Wheel diameter

Front 100 mm (3.9 in)Rear 200 mm (7.9 in)

Operation mode MulchingBlade brake type Electrical brake

Docking stationOverall length 790 mm (31.1 in)Overall width 585 mm (23.0 in)Overall height 225 mm (8.9 in) Curb weight 2.0 kg (4.4 lbs)

Model HRM300 HRM500Sound pressure level at operator‘s ears (IEC60335-2-107 ed1.0)

Not exceeding 70 dB (A)

Measured level 46 dB (A)

1-2

Page 170: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

GENERAL INFORMATION

TRANSMISSION AND DRIVING PART

RUNNING SPEED

TRANSMISSION AND WORKING PART

ELECTRICAL

Model HRM300 HRM500Motor Name DC motor (Geared motor)

Type 3-Phase DC Brushless typeRated power 10.8 W Rated speed 38.2 min-1 (rpm)Speed reducing ratio 152

Service voltage 22.2 V

Model HRM300 HRM500Type EAE/EAB/EASAxle rotating speed min-1 (rpm)

Forward 0 – 52.5Reverse 0 – 23.9

Running speed (m/s)

Forward 0 – 0.55Reverse 0 – 0.25

Model HRM300 HRM500Motor Name DC motor

Type 3-Phase DC Brushless typeRated power 25.3 W Rated speed 2,200 min-1 (rpm)Service voltage 22.2 V

Model HRM300 HRM500Type EAE EAB EAS EAE EAB EASBattery Type Li-ion

Voltage 22.2 V (6 series)Capacity 1,800 mAh (1 parallel) 3,600 mAh (2 parallel)

Transformer Output 2.3 A/60 VAInput AC 230 V AC 240 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 240 V AC 230 V

1-3

Page 171: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

GENERAL INFORMATION

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGSUnit: mm (in)

645 (25.4)

300 (11.8)

550 (21.7)

275

(10.

8)

220 (8.7)

400 (15.7)

305 (12.0)

165 (6.5) 165 (6.5)

790 (31.1)

225

(8.9

)

585 (23.0)

1-4

Page 172: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

2. TECHNICAL FEATURES

2

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION·······························2-2

2-1

Page 173: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

TECHNICAL FEATURESSYSTEM DESCRIPTIONSUMMARYThis system consists of lawnmower, docking station and boundary wire.

The robotic lawnmower powered by battery has sensors which detect the location of the boundary wire and docking station.

The lawnmower mows automatically under the requirements set up by user.

The docking station generates a pulse current to the boundary wire and transmits particular pulse signal from itself.Lawnmower uses those signals to stay in its mowing zone and to return back to the docking station for recharging.

Lawnmower working time and other mowing settings can be programmed to match customers requirements.

PULSE CURRENT

DOCKING STATION

LAWNMOWER

BOUNDARY WIRE

SENSOR

BATTERY

MOWING ZONE

TRANSFORMER

POWER OUTLET

2-2

Page 174: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

LAWNMOWERThis lawnmower consists of below core components.

4-b

2-a

6-a

1-b6-b

2-b3-b

3-b

3-a

3-a

3-f 3-c,d,g3-h

3-h

3-h

4-a

5-a

5-b7-a

8-a

8-b

3-e1-a

CATEGORY PARTS NAME FUNCTION1 MOTOR a TRACTION MOTOR Drive the rear wheels

b BLADE MOTOR Drive the blade disc2 CONTROL a MAIN ECU System control

b DISPLAY UNIT Display control3 SENSOR a LIFT SENSOR Detect the top cover position changing (Moving

distance of up or down)b OBSTRUCTION SENSOR Detect the top cover position changing (Moving

distance of front or rear and right or left)c TILT SENSOR Detect the angle of inclinationd ROLL OVER SENSOR Detect upside downe MOTOR SENSOR L. Detect the revolutions of the traction motorf BLADE MOTOR SENSOR Detect the revolutions of the blade motorg YAW SENSOR Detect the angular velocityh AREA SENSOR Detect the boundary wire

4 CHARGING a CHARGING SOCKET Battery chargingb BATTERY -

5 SWITCH a POWER SWITCH -b MANUAL STOP BUTTON Stop the move of lawnmower

6 BLADE a BLADE DISC -b HEIGHT ADJUSTER HANDLE -

7 COMMUNICATION a CONTROL DISPLAY -8 COVER a TOP COVER -

b MAIN COVER -

2-3

Page 175: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

DOCKING STATION/BOUNDARY WIRE/TRANSFORMERDocking station/Boundary wire/Transformer consists of below core components.

BOUNDARY WIRE

PULSE GENERATOR

CHARGING PLUG

DOCKING STATION

TRANSFORMER

POWER CORD

UNIT PARTS FUNCTION1 DOCKING STATION PULSE GENERATOR Output the pulse current to detect the

boundary wire and location of the docking station by lawnmower

2 CHARGING PLUG Charging plug3 BOUNDARY WIRE Delimit the area 4 TRANSFOMER AC 230V or 240V → AC 26V

2-4

Page 176: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

BASIC OPERATION OF THE LAWNMOWERBOUNDARY WIRE FUNCTIONThe boundary wire is in loop shape and starts from the docking station.

The boundary wire can utilize the below three functions by changing the shape.1. Avoid the obstacle.2. Create the mowing zone.3. Returning guide to the docking station

Refer to the section three for details of the boundary wire installation.

HOME

OBSTRUCTION

Guide to the docking station

Avoid the obstruction

Do not intersect.

MOWING ZONE

BOUNDARY WIRE Do not setup less than 90 degrees.

Avoid the obstruction

BOUNDARY WIRE

This distance comes from the "Wire overlap" setting (page 3-23, 3-30).

1. Avoid the obstacle and 2. Create the mowing zone:These movements use function of "Wire overlap" setting (page 3-11).When the lawnmower overlap the boundary wire, it will stop instantly, move backward and turns away (page 2-8).

2-5

Page 177: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

3. Returning guide to the docking station:When the lawnmower returns to the docking station, it will follow the boundary wire until it receives the docking station signal. The short cut wire is effective in ensuring a rapid returning back to the docking station.

Short cut wire is installed (Two lines): The return distance to the docking station will be short.

Short cut wire is installed (One line): The return distance to the docking station will be short.

Short cut wire is not installed: The return distance to the docking station will be long.

Short cut wire is not installed: The return distance to the docking station will be long.

STATION SIGNAL RANGE

2-6

Page 178: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

MOVING TO THE MOWING ZONEUnder the programmed timing and requirements below, the lawnmower will move away from the docking station and will run alongthe boundary wire and eventually enter the mowing zone.

1. Moving direction (From the docking station, clockwise or anti-clockwise)2. Moving distance from the docking station along the boundary wire (0 - 250m)3. Exit angle from the boundary wire (10° - 170°)

MOWING PATTERNSThe lawnmower has the three mowing patterns and follows one of them under the requirements.

ACW CW

10° - 170°

0 - 250m

DOCKING STATION

BOUNDARY WIRE

LAWNMOWER

RANDOM MODE:With this setting, when the lawnmower detects the boundary wire, it turns at a wide angle.This is the most effective for large open area of grass. For normal operation,use this setting.

DIRECTIONAL MODE:With this setting, when the lawnmower detects the boundary wire, it turns at a narrow angle. This is used for mowing narrow areas.

MIX MODE =RANDOM + DIRECTIONAL MODE:With this setting, the lawnmower alternates between the Random mowing pattern and the Directional mowing pattern at regular intervals. This is used for mowing complex areas (lots of obstacles).

+ =

2-7

Page 179: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

DETECTION OF THE BOUNDARY WIREThe overlap distance of the lawnmower from the boundary wire is possible to set up (20 - 45cm). The lawnmower detects the boundary wire by using three area sensors.

If one of the area sensors goes beyond the boundary wire and overlap distance is reached, the lawnmower will stop instantly, movebackward and rotates until all of the sensor confirm that the lawnmower is inside of the boundary wire.

If all of the area sensor are outside from the boundary wire, the lawnmower will stop the blade motor and traction motor, alsoindicate the information on the display.

If the lawnmower cannot receive the signal from the boundary wire, the lawnmower will stop the blade motor and traction motor andindicate the information on the display until it receives the signal again.

AREA SENSOR OPERATING IMAGE

One of the front area sensor goes beyond the boundary wire

All of the area sensor are outside of the boundary wire

Lawnmower cannot receive the signal from the boundary wire

Stops the blade motor and traction motors

Stops the blade motor and traction motors

BOUNDARY WIRE PULSE CURRENT

INSIDE OF THE AREA

OUTSIDE OF THE AREA

The area sensor detect the magnetic flux direction changing when beyond the boundary wire.

Overlap distance

2-8

Page 180: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

RUNNING SPEED ADJUSTMENTTo maintain uniform blade rotation frequency the ECU monitors the current load placed on the battery.The ECU will adapt the wheel rotation speed to the load applied to the blades.

The blade rotates 360 degrees as to reduce the impact when hitting an obstruction.

If the load remains constant even when the wheel rotation stops, the ECU will stop the blade motor and exit the area.

SLOWNORMAL NORMAL

OBSTRUCTIONS

BLADE

BLADE

2-9

Page 181: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

MOVEMENT OF THE LAWNMOWER WHEN IT HITS AN OBSTRUCTIONWhen the lawnmower hit obstructions, the obstruction sensor detects the crosswise movement of the top cover, the lawnmowerstops and changes direction. The display will show a message or sound an alarm depending on the repetition of hitting theobstruction.

• Continuing time of hitting in three seconds, the lawnmower change direction. • Continuing time of hitting over the three seconds, the lawnmower stop the blade motor. After changing direction, the blade motor

start again. • Continuing time of hitting over the nine seconds, the lawnmower stop the blade motor, traction motors, sound short alarm and

show the message on the display until you put the PIN code. • If the number of hitting times is over ten in 20 seconds, the lawnmower stop the blade motor, traction motors, sound short alarm

and show the message on the display until you put the PIN code.

OBSTRUCTION SENSOR OPERATING IMAGE

IN THREE SECONDS OVER ABOUT THREE SECONDS

OVER NINE SECONDS OR NUMBER OF HITTING TIMES IS OVER TEN IN 20 SECONDS.

SENSOR SENSOR

MAGNET

MAGNET

The lawnmower change direction. The lawnmower stop the blade motor. After changing direction, the blade motor start again.

The lawnmower stop the blade motor, traction motors, sound short alarm and show the message on the display until you put the PIN code.

SLIDE

OUTPUT SIGNAL

NORMALHIT TO OBSTRUCTION

2-10

Page 182: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

MOVEMENT OF THE LAWNMOWER WHEN IT ENCOUNTERS AN OBSTRUCTION OR IS LIFTED UPWhen the lawnmower encounters an obstructions or is lifted up, the lift sensor detect the top cover moving. The lawnmower willstop the blade motor and change direction, rotate, or stop with showing the message on the display or sound an alarm dependingon the continuing time of run up or lifted up.

• When the lift sensor detects the changing circumstance, the lawnmower will stop the blade motor and move backward androtate. After changing direction, the blade motor start again.

• If the mower is lifted for over the nine seconds, the lawnmower will stop and show the message on the display and sound analarm until you put the PIN code.

LIFT SENSOR OPERATING IMAGE

OBSTACLE ENCOUNTER MORE THAN NINE SECONDS OF OBSTRUCTION

STEEL PLATE ON THE MAIN COVER

SENSOR

LIFTED

The lawnmower will stop the traction motor, show the message on the display and sound an alarm until you put the PIN code.

The lawnmower will stop the blade motor and change direction.

OUTPUT SIGNAL

2-11

Page 183: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

MOVEMENT OF THE LAWNMOWER WHEN IT TILTS OR ROLL OVERThe tilt sensor and roll over sensor on the ECU detect the angle of the lawnmower. Depending on the angle, the lawnmower willescape from slope or stop with showing the message on the display or sound an alarm.

• When the tilt sensor detects the angle of inclination of the lawnmower reaches 25 degrees, the lawnmower escape from slope. • When the tilt sensor detects the angle of the lawnmower reaches 35 degrees, the lawnmower will stop the blade motor, traction

motor and show the message on the display until you move the lawnmower to the level ground and put the PIN code. • When the tilt sensor detects the angle of the lawnmower reaches 55 degrees or the roll over sensor detects that the lawnmower

is upside down, the lawnmower will stop and show the message on the display and sound an alarm until you move thelawnmower to the level ground and put the PIN code.

25° 35°UPSIDE DOWN

More than 55°

The lawnmower escape from slope.

The lawnmower will stop the blade motor, traction motor and show the message on the display until you move the lawnmower to the level ground and put the PIN code.

The lawnmower will stop the blade motor, traction motor, show the message on the display and sound an alarm until you move the lawnmower to the level ground and put the PIN code.

LAWNMOWER

or

25° 35°

2-12

Page 184: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TECHNICAL FEATURES

RETURN TO THE DOCKING STATIONThe lawnmower generally runs along the boundary wire and required time to return to station will depends on the shape and lengthof the boundary wire.

1. When the timer is ending or battery voltage is low, the lawnmower will start searching the docking station‘s signal and returndirectly for 5 minutes.

2. If the lawnmower can not detect the station signal, the lawnmower will return to the docking station along the boundary wire.

DOCKING STATIONBOUNDARY WIRE

DOCKING STATION SIGNAL

LAWNMOWER

DOCKING STATIONBOUNDARY WIRE

ALONG THE BOUNDARY WIRE

LAWNMOWER

2-13

Page 185: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MEMO

Page 186: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

3. INSTALLATION

3

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS·····························3-2

BEFORE INSTALLATION·····························3-4

BOUNDARY WIRE INSTALLATION·············3-9

PROGRAMING············································ 3-15

SETTING METHODE ·································· 3-18

3-1

Page 187: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

INSTALLATIONSAFETY INSTRUCTIONSPRECAUTIONSCarefully observe the following precautions.

• Make sure to keep your hands, feet and any other body parts away from the rotating blades. • Do not touch sharp components such as the blades or blade disc other than when performing maintenance.

• Always press the MANUAL STOP BUTTON first before you physically interact with the lawnmower such as lifting, turningsideway or upside down.

• Local regulations may restrict the age of the operator. • Keep in mind that the operator or user is responsible for accidents or hazards occurring to other people

or their property. • Before using the robotic lawnmower or entering the work area, persons using a pacemaker or other medical device should

consult a doctor. • Do not ride on the lawnmower, push the lawnmower, or use it for anything other than its intended purpose. • Never use the lawnmower in the immediate vicinity of people, especially children or pets. • Carry out your mowing operation only within the boundary wire area. • Do not use automatic lawn watering systems while the lawnmower is operating, as the watering equipment may become

damaged and the likelihood of water penetration into the lawnmower is greatly increased. Adjust lawnmower and wateringsystem timers so they do not operate at the same time.

• If there is a risk of adverse weather such as lightning or a storm, stop operation and disconnect the power cord. • Parts of this product may become warm in direct sunlight. Make sure you do not touch these parts if they become extremely hot

or you may burn yourself. • Do not charge the lawnmower with anything other than the docking station. An accident may occur or the lawnmower may be

damaged. • If the power supply cord is damaged, immediately stop using the system. • If there are any holes (such as rabbit holes, etc.) in the work area, fill them in so that the work area is level. Periodically check

the work area for holes. • Do the preventive measure of static electricity by using commercially available goods such as grounded wrist strap before you

handle internal components (main ECU, station ECU, display, battery and sensor etc). If you do not have one, touch both of yourhands to a safely grounded object or to an unpainted metal surface.

MANUAL STOP BUTTON

3-2

Page 188: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

OBSERVE THE FOLLOWING POINTS FOR YOUR SAFETYCarefully observe the following precautions.

• When carrying the lawnmower, turn it off and carry it as explained in this manual (see Owner‘s Manual:32VP7600 page 46) withthe blades facing away from you.

• When carrying the lawnmower, make sure to carry it by the designated areas (see Owner‘s Manual:32VP7600 page 46). If youcarry the lawnmower in any other way, you risk injury from the blades or charging socket of the lawnmower. You may also dropand damage the lawnmower.

• Always use thick work gloves when performing maintenance. If you do not, you may be injured by the blades.

• Before operation, always check the work area and remove any branches, rocks, and other objects that can damage the bladesand cause the lawnmower to stop. If you do not, you may be injured from objects that are ejected from the bottom of thelawnmower, or the lawnmower may become damaged.

• When performing maintenance on the lawnmower, make sure to press the manual STOP button and stop the lawnmower frommoving. If the lawnmower is moving, an accident may occur.

• Lay the boundary wire so that it is held firmly in place, and perform periodic checks after laying it to ensure that it has notslackened. If the boundary wire protrudes from the ground, you or someone else may trip on it and fall.

• Do not touch the exposed tip of a boundary wire that has been cut or damaged. You may be injured or electrocute yourself. • If you find that the boundary wire has been cut, turn off the lawnmower, unplug the transformer’s plug from the power outlet

(House). • Do not touch the charging socket. If you touch it, you may become injured. • Do not touch the power outlet (House), cord, and transformer with wet hands. • Do not touch the power outlet (House), cord, and transformer if the power outlet (House), power cord, or transformer is wet. • If the transformer cable insulation is broken, immediately stop work. • Perform periodic checks to confirm that no dust, dirt, or other things have gathered in or on the power outlet (House), power

cord, or transformer. If such things are present, remove them or they may cause a fire. • When connecting the plug, hold the plug by its designated grip area. Failure to hold the plug correctly may result in electrocution

if you touch the connector area. • When approaching the operating lawnmower, pay attention to materials that may be scattered by the blades. • Never attempt to tamper the lawnmower. It can cause an accident as well as damage to the lawnmower.

• To protect the environment, do not dispose of this product, battery, etc. carelessly by leaving them in the waste.

• Observe the local laws and regulations for disposal.

3-3

Page 189: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

BEFORE INSTALLATIONPARTS LISTThe Honda Miimo robotic lawnmower box will contain the following parts:

BLADE REPLACEMENTThere is a risk of damage to the blades if the proper requirements are not met.

Remove all objects from the designated mowing area that may cause damage to the mower blades before installation.

When you replace the blade, replace all blades together (page 9-2).

No.

PARTS NAME PARTS No. Q’tyHRM300 HRM500 HRM300 HRM500

1 DOCKING STATION 31220-VP7-000 12 LAWNMOWER - - 1

3 a TRANSFORMER EAE TYPE 31786-VP7-003 1 EAB TYPE 31786-VP7-631 EAS TYPE 31786-VP7-621

b POWER CORD 31782-VP7-003 14 BOUNDARY WIRE 31575-VP7-750 31575-VP7-000 1 (200m) 1(300m)5 a SCREWS FOR DOCKING STATION 31227-VP7-000 7

b CONNECTORS FOR BOUNDARY WIRE 31579-VP7-007 26 OWNER’S MANUAL 00X32-VP7-600 17 PEGS SET FOR BOUNDARY WIRE 31225-VP7-000 4 6

PARTS NAME PARTS No. Q’tyBLADE 72511-VP7-000 3

1 2

4

3-a

3-b

7 7

7 7 7

7

5

6

5-b

5-a

OK REPLACE

3-4

Page 190: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

BATTERY CHARGINGBefore the installation, the battery will need to be charged.

After the initial setup of the lawnmower (page 3-15), follow the below steps.

Set the charging socket of the lawnmower to the plug of the station.

Ensure that the charging socket on the mower and docking station are in a well ventilated area that is protected from the weather.

Press the manual stop button and you can check the charging condition on the display.

Before installation can proceed, the battery must be at minimum 70% charged.

If the battery is discharged below 70%, "Auto mode" may not start.

LAWNMOWER

CHARGING SOCKET

DOCKING STATION

CHARGING PLUG

DOCKING STATION

LAWNMOWER

TRANSFORMER

POWER CORD

POWER OUTLET(HOUSE)

MANUAL STOP BUTTON

DISPLAY

3-5

Page 191: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

PLANNING THE MOWING ZONE CHECK THE MOWING ZONE CONDITION • Confirm that the height of the grass is 7cm or less. If the grass is taller than 7cm, cut the grass using a standard lawnmower.

• Do not lay boundary wire so that it intersects on a slope of more than 10 degrees (17%). You can lay boundary wire parallel to aslope of more than 10 degrees (17%) in order to access an area with a slope of less than 10 degrees(17%).

FIX THE LOCATION OF THE DOCKING STATION • The docking station must be installed at an inclination of no more than 5 degrees (8.7%).

• The docking station must not be curved.

• Prefer shading area to install the docking station. • The boundary wire must extend in a straight line 250cmfrom both the front and rear of the docking station. • There must not be foreign objects within the mowing area near the docking station (in the shaded area indicated in the image).

• The transformer must be placed where it is well ventilated and under the roof.

7cm or less

More than 10 degrees (17%)

Less than 10 degrees (17%)

5 degrees (8.7%)

5 degrees (8.7%)

5 degrees (8.7%)

5 degrees (8.7%)

250cm 250cm

300cm

3-6

Page 192: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

BASIC INSTALLATION PATTERN OF THE BOUNDARY WIRE Make a loop shape by the boundary wire starting from the docking station.

Maximum length between the boundary wire and the lawnmower is 30m.

If the lawnmower is more than 30m away from the boundary wire, the lawnmower cannot detect the signal (pulse current).

Total length of the boundary wire should be less than 500m.

Do not make passages for lawnmower less than 1m in width.

The short cut wire ensures an expedited return to the docking station under certain circumstances.

30 - 50cm

Divide the mowing zone: More than wire overlap set up value (page 3-11).

20cm or less

HOME

OBSTRUCTION SHORT CUT WIRE

5mm or less(If the distance between the wires is more than 10 mm, the lawnmower will detect the boundary wire and slow down or rotate)

Do not intersect.

BOUNDARY WIRE

DOCKING STATION

Do not setup less than 90 degrees.

25 - 30cm

30cm

If the distance between the wires is 20cm, in order to let the mower cross the shortcut wire while mowing, wire overlap setting should be set to a value over 35cm and incident angle to the wire is 60 degrees or more.

A A

B

A = 250cm

B = 300cm

No other wire than those shown below in the rectangle is authorized.

SHORT CUT WIRE: ONE LINE

Distance from the center screw to the end of the short cut wire should be 80 - 85cm

90 degrees

The sensitivity level setting should be high or middle (page 3-9).

25 - 30cm

30cm

18 - 20cm

1. In order to let the mower cross the shortcut wire while mowing, wire overlap setting should be set to a value over 35cm (page 3-11).

2. When the depth of the wire is over 5cm, wire distance should be 16 - 20cm.

3-7

Page 193: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

MAKE THE "LAWN DIAGRAM"Make the "LAWN DIAGRAM" (Refer to Owner‘s Manual: 32VP7600 /page 65) and hand over to the customer and keep a sparecopy for dealer records.

This will help to ensure that any ground works in the garden can be made whilst carefully considering the boundary wire location.

• Record each measurements of the shape of the wire. • Record the zone location.

Distance between walls and boundary wire has to be adapted according to wire overlap setting (page 3-11).

Distance from the letter "N" from "HONDA" logo to the end of the short cut wires should be 80 - 85cm

SHORT CUT WIRE: TWO LINES

60 - 65 degrees

The sensitivity level setting should be high only (page 3-9).

25 - 30cm

30cm

18 - 20cm

1. If the distance between the wires is 20cm, in order to let the mower cross the shortcut wire while mowing, wire overlap setting should be set to a value over 35cm and incident angle to the wire is 60 degrees or more.

2. When the depth of the wire is over 5cm, wire distance should be 16 - 20cm.

5mm or less(If the wire distance is more than 10 mm, the lawnmower will detect the boundary wire and slow down or rotate)

OBSTRUCTION

90 degrees

1m or more (The lawnmower can not go through the passage less than 1m in width)

HOME

Example:

ZONE1

3-8

Page 194: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

BOUNDARY WIRE INSTALLATION

To ensure safe operation of the lawnmower, it is necessary to tune below settings with each other.

1. The optimum sensitivity (High, Middle, Low) of the lawnmower (= signal receivable range).2. The distance between the lawnmower and boundary wire when the lawnmower traces the boundary wire (=passage width).3. The shape of the zone (Zone setting).4. The Wire overlap setting.

1.The optimum sensitivity (High, Middle, Low) of the lawnmower (= signal receivable range)To setup optimum Sensitivity level (High, Middle, Low), follow below process:

a.Set the mower at the farthest location from the boundary wire.

b.Measure Area Sensor Level (page 3-35).

c.Compare measured value with below table and adjust Sensitivity level if required (page 3-43).

d.Sensitivity and Shortcut wire:

In addition to above table, adjustment may be required if you installed shortcut wire(s).

In that case, follow below table to adjust Sensitivity setting to correct value.

Note 1: Default factory setting is "Middle".

Note 2: In any case, always test the correct operation of the mower once setup is done, using Test Setup menu (page 3-35).

ZONE

CENTRE OF THE ZONE: The furthest point from each boundary wires.

BOUNDARY WIRE

Measured Value (at farthest

location)Action

0No signal received. Mower cannot work without reworking boundary wire layout. Increase Sensitivity by reworking boundary wire layout to at least reach Area Sensor Lv 1, and if possible Lv 4.

1 Signal is weak, mower can lose signal. Adjust the sensitivity level to "High (page 3-43)", or increase Sensitivity by reworking boundary wire layout to reach Area Sensor Lv 4 or 5 if possible.2

34 Enough level of reception. "Middle" or "High" sensitivity level can be used (page 3-43).56 Strong signal reception and all sensitivity (High, Middle, Low) can be used. If the mower is disturbed

by external signal (e.g. another robot mower from neighbor), adjust the sensitivity level to "Low" (page 3-43).

78910

Sensitivity Shortcut wire (s) QuantityHigh 2

Middle or High 1Low, Middle or High 0

3-9

Page 195: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

2. The distance between the lawnmower and boundary wire when the lawnmower traces the boundary wire (=passage width)The lawnmower detects the magnetic field from the boundary wire, and moves between the boundary wire and the specified value(See below) at random as it goes toward the mowing start point ("passage width (out)" setting/page 3-30) or returns to the dockingstation ("passage return width" setting/page 3-55).The field strength varies depending on the length of the boundary wire.The field becomes weaker with a longer boundary wire, and stronger with a shorter boundary wire.With the same passage width value, passage width will vary with boundary wire length.Passage Width Out must always remain above or equal to Passage Return Width.

The below diagram shows the measuring results of the passage width in each area size at setup level (reference data).The results are measured under the specific area and it will be affected by the area shape and wire length.

About Forbidden range B:

Wire length (m)PASSAGE WIDTH (cm)

500 300 200 50

Setu

p Le

vel

10 55 65 - -09 50 60 80 -08 45 55 75 -07 40 50 60 -06 35 45 55 -05 35 40 50 -04 25 35 45 8003 25 30 40 6502 25 25 35 5001 25 25 25 400 0 0 0 0

A = PASSAGE WIDTH

A40m

110m

e.g. 300mBOUNDARY WIRESMALL AREALARGE AREA

PASSAGE WIDTH: NARROW

MOWING ZONE

BOUNDARY WIRE

PASSAGE WIDTH: WIDE

If the passage width is too wide (above 80cm), the lawnmower cannot detect the station signal (= The mower cannot return to the docking station). A: Station signal range depends on the SENSITIVITY of the lawnmower (page 3-9).High: 95cmMiddle: 70cmLow: 60cmBOUNDARY WIRE

Passage width is inside of the receivable range of the station signal.

Station signal range

A

B = Forbidden range

Setting level 0:The lawnmower runs on the boundary wire.

Setting level 10:The lawnmower moves at random by the maximum amount possible between the boundary wire and the edge of the magnetic field. By avoiding moving along the same path, you can avoid creating wheel tracks in the grass.

Setting level 1:The lawnmower closely follows the boundary wire. This is effective for narrow pathways.

B

B = Forbidden range

3-10

Page 196: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

3. The shape of the mowing zone.A mowing area can be divided into some zones (when using the custom mode setting).

If the mowing area is a simple shape, it is not necessary to divide the area except when the result of the performing test have failed(page 3-14).

When using the custom setting, the mowing area can be divided into a maximum to five zones.

4. The wire overlap settingWire overlap setting must be considered before installing the boundary wire.

This setting will determine minimum distance between the wire and obstacles (walls, borders etc).Default factory setting is 20cm and can be increased to 45cm.

Basic rules to be followed are:

1.Distance between boundary wire and obstacles should be 10cm larger than the wire overlap setting value.

2.Wire overlap has to be increased to 35cm minimum when a shortcut wire is installed. This will ensure mower can cross shortcutwire.

The working of each zones will be done by using below settings and timer setting.

Passage Width Out must always remain above or equal to Passage Return Width.

COMPLEX SHAPESIMPLE SHAPE

ZONE1

ZONE1

ZONE2ZONE3

BOUNDARY WIRE This overlap distance is determined by the "Wire overlap" setting (page 3-23, 3-30).

CATEGORY ELEMENT FUNCTION1 Wire Exit Location CW Start from the docking station to the clockwise direction.

ACW Start from the docking station to the anti-clockwise direction.0 - 150 m Distance from the docking station, following the boundary wire.

2 Zone Proportion(Quick Setup only)

0 - 100% The ratio which the lawnmower operates in each zone.

3 Exit Angle Start The angle when approach to the mowing zone. Start (Start angle) End (End angle)End

4 Mowing Pattern Random Random patternDirectional Directional patternMixed Mixed pattern of the random and directional

5 Area Wire Overlap Overlap distance of the lawnmower from the boundary wire. Passage Width (Out) (Custom set up only)

Distance of the lawnmower from the boundary wire when running to the start point.

Passage Return Width (System set up only)

Distance of the lawnmower from the boundary wire when running to the docking station.

3-11

Page 197: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

BOUNDARY WIRE INSTALLATION • Leave enough wire to ensure that small adjustments can be made, double backing outside of the loop is acceptable. • Do not fix the wire until finish the layout. • Boundary wire should be laid so that there is no excess wire.

Set the boundary wire by using the "LAWN DIAGRAM" (page 3-8).

Fix the boundary wire with pegs to the specified depth as shown.

Install the wire into the groove on the bottom of the docking station.

The connector will wrap around both sides of the wire.

BOUNDARY WIRE

Depth: 0 - 20cm

PEG

ACW (Anti-clockwise) side: From inside of the working zone, install the right side wire into the bottom of the docking station.

VIEW FROM THE UNDERNEATH

CW side: From inside of the working zone, install the left side wire into the bottom of the docking station.

VIEW FROM THE UNDERNEATH

CONNECTOR

BOUNDARY WIRE

3-12

Page 198: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

From the inside of working zone, facing the docking station, install the rightside wire connector to the exclusive terminal of the docking station.

Regardless of the station direction, right side wire must be connected to theexclusive terminal.

Connect the other side wire connector to the one of the four terminals,according to station signal programmed (page 3-54).

Connect the power cord from the transformer connector.

Check the indicator light above the charging plug is green to make sure thatit is connected all the way into the docking station (page 5-5).

Set the docking station directly on the surface of the ground.

Fix the docking station using the screws firmly.

TYPE3 TERMINAL TYPE4 TERMINAL

TYPE1 TERMINAL

POWER CORD

RIGHT SIDE WIRE CONNECTOR (EXCLUSIVE TERMINAL) TYPE2 TERMINAL

ACW

TYPE3 TERMINAL TYPE4 TERMINAL

TYPE1 TERMINAL

POWER CORD

RIGHT SIDE WIRE CONNECTOR (EXCLUSIVE TERMINAL)

TYPE2 TERMINAL

CW

DOCKING STATION

INDICATOR LIGHT

DOCKING STATION SCREWS

3-13

Page 199: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

OPERATION TEST OF THE LAWNMOWERTest the following points by using the TEST SET UP program (page 3-34), after the working mode set up.

• Return test with HOME TEST MODE (Put the lawnmower on the centre of the zone and start the test). • Running test at the installed zone (Start from the docking station).

If the lawnmower cannot reach the specified zone or cannot return to the docking station, there is possibility that settings of thezone shape, sensitivity of the boundary wire signal (page 3-9) or the passage width do not match the layout of the lawn (page 3-10).

Change these settings and perform the TEST SET UP program again.

C

OKNG

C

B

DOCKING STATION

BOUNDARY WIRE

LAWNMOWER

Two possibilities:1.The sensitivity level does

not fit the mowing zone.2.The passage width is too

wide or width between both wire is too narrow and the lawnmower cannot detect the boundary wire signal correctly. = The lawnmower cannot run along the boundary wire exactly.

CC

AThe sensitivity level does not fit the mowing zone = The mower cannot receive the boundary wire signal.

Passage width is too wide. The lawnmower cannot detect the station signal.B

BA

PASSAGE WIDTH

Passage width is inside of the receivable range of the station signal.

Passage width is inside of the receivable range of the boundary wire signal.

The area size, the setting of the sensitivity level and passage width are balancing.

3-14

Page 200: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

PROGRAMINGINITIAL SETTING AND TEST FLOW

CONTROL PANEL FUNCTION

STEP NAME PAGE1 Initial setting 3-152 System setup 3-533 Working mode selection and setup (Auto Mode)

-Quick Setup 3-19 -Custom Setup 3-25

4 Operating test of the lawnmower 3-34 -Return test to the docking station -Running test at the installed zone

5 Make the "DEALER CHECKSHEET" Owner‘s Manual (page 66)6 Backup your program on your PC using Dr.H software. See Dr.H guide

Home screen:AUTO: Auto mode-Quick Setup mode is set.

-Custom Setup mode is set.

-Quick Setup or Custom Setup mode is set but the lawnmower is inactive.-Battery status

-Neither Quick Setup nor Custom Setup have been set.- Manual mode is set.

The lawnmower is returning to the docking station.

The lawnmower is currently set as immobilized.

1

2

3 4 5

6

7

8

9

Standby Mon1.Menu 13:30

Status of the lawnmower

c

Q

9

AUTO

AUTO

AUTO

MAN

Selectable menu items

Message and information

CONTROL PANEL

HOME

NAME FUNCTION NOTE1 ON BUTTON Turn on the power2 OFF BUTTON Turn off the power The timer does not function if you turn off the

power.3 HOME BUTTON Return to the docking

stationThe lawnmower automatically returns to the station following loop direction defined in "SYSTEM SETUP". Once docked in the station, mower will remained until "Auto/Manual" button is pressed.

4 Auto/Manual SELECT BUTTON Switch the operation mode 5 NUMBER BUTTON Enter numbers 6 SELECT BUTTON Select of any item7 BACK BUTTON Return to previous menu Cannot be used in some cases.8 ENTER KEY Enter the selection9 DISPLAY The home screen and

menus can be seen here while the lawnmower is turned on.

3-15

Page 201: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

INITIAL SETTING FLOWPush the manual stop button so that the control panel cover will open.

Press the power button on the control panel.

Language1.English 5.Svenska2.Deutsch 6.Nederlands3.Français 7.Espańol4.Italiano 8.Dansk

DateDD/MM/20YY

Time_ _:_ _ (24h)

Station Ent.Loop Direction

1.Clockwise(CW)2.Anticlockwise(ACW)

PIN Code

_ _ _ _

Create a PIN

PIN activated

Press ENT key

MANUAL STOP BUTTON

Press the ON button.

Welcome

Honda Robotic lawnmower

Miimo

“Welcome” screen will appear.

Enter Key

Enter Key

Enter Key

Enter Key

Enter Key Enter Key

To the menu screen

Input the PIN

Five seconds later

ON BUTTON

• Details:page 3-12• This setting can be

changed later on page 3-54

• Locked PIN can be reset using Dr.H software.

3-16

Page 202: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

DIAGRAM OF THE MENU

Auto Mode Quick Setup Custom Setup Test History System Setup

MENU

Manual Mode Setup

Dealer Mode Dealer Mode

No. First Level Second Level Page1 Auto Mode

(For selecting or disabling work modes)

Quick Setup Refer to Second Level of No.2. 3-19Custom Setup Refer to Second Level of No.3. 3-19Mower Inactive Suspending the automatic operation. 3-19

2 Quick Setup (Simple setting mode)

Timer 2 patterns in each days. 3-21Zone 2 zones and working rate of the one side. 3-22Summary Timer and Zone 3-24Reset Timer, Zone, All 3-24

3 Custom Setup (Detailed setting mode)

Timer 2 patterns in each days and zones. 3-26Zone 5 zones 3-27Summary Timer and Zone 3-31Reset Timer, Zone, All and Copy Quick Setup 3-32

4 Test (For performing test of the lawnmower)

Check boundary wire Signal Level Checking. 3-35Test Setup Return Test running in each zones after the setup.

1.Return Test2.Arrival Test to each zone.

3-35

Test (Dealer Mode: For the performing test of the lawnmower by dealer)

Test mower Testing of the Manual stop button, sensors, Alarm, Display and Key pad.

3-36

Calibrate Sensor Calibration of the Tilt sensor. 3-43Area Setting of the sensitivity. 3-43

5 History (For viewing operation and fault history)

Operating History History of total times of cutting and charging. 3-45Fault History DTC code

Date and Time3-47

History (Dealer Mode: For viewing operation and fault history by dealer)

Operating History Operation, Working and sensor’s history. 3-48Fault History DTC code

Date and Time3-47

6 System Setup (System related settings)

Station Setup Station Signal, Loop Direction, Passage Return Width 3-54Manual Mode Setup Mowing Pattern, Area (Wire Overlap) 3-55Language English, Deutsch, Français, Italiano, Svenska,

Nederlands, Espańol, Dansk3-56

Date and Time Current time and date setting 3-57Security Alarm, Create a PIN, Immobilizer 3-58Sound Keypad sound 3-61

3-17

Page 203: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

SETTING METHODE1 Auto Mode (For selecting or disabling work modes)This setting allows to select which working mode the mower should use.

Auto Mode

Mower InactiveCustom SetupQuick Setup

1

1-1 1-2 1-3

Menu1.Auto Mode2.Quick Setup3.Custom Setup4.Test5.History6.System Setup

3-18

Page 204: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

1-1 Quick Setup

1-2 Custom Setup

1-3 Mower Inactive

Auto Mode :Quick Setup1.Quick Setup2.Custom Setup3.Mower Inactive

Auto Mode

Quick Setup

Activated

Enter Key

1

1-1

Auto Mode :Custom Setup 1.Quick Setup2.Custom Setup3.Mower Inactive

Auto Mode

Custom Setup

Activated

Enter Key

1

1-2

Auto Mode :Mower Inactive 1.Quick Setup2.Custom Setup3.Mower Inactive

Auto Mode

Mower Inactive

Activated

Enter Key

1

1-3 • While set as inactive mower will remain docked until another mode is selected.

3-19

Page 205: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

2 Quick Setup (Simple setting mode)

Quick Setup

Timer Zone Summary Reset

Mon-Tue-Wed-Thu-Fri-Sat-Sun

Zone Proportion (%) Mowing Pattern

Start Time & End Time 1

Wire Exit Location

DirectionalRandom MixedCW ACW

Start Time & End Time 2

2

2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4

Menu1.Auto Mode2.Quick Setup3.Custom Setup4.Test5.History6.System Setup

2-2-1 2-2-2 2-2-3

Wire Overlap

Area2-2-4

Timer Summary

Zone Summary

Distance

Custom setup should be preferred to Quick setup in following situations.-More than two zones need to be setup. -Working time has to be precisely adjusted (e.g. to synchronize with automatic watering system, etc.)-You do not want the mower to start mowing from its docking station.

• "Passage width (out)" setting cannot be adjusted in Quick setup menu.• In Quick setup mode, "Passage width (out)" value is equal to "Passage return width" value and this value can be adjusted in "System

setup" menu (page 3-55). • If the shortcut wire was installed, "Distance" value in the "Wire Exit Location setting" should be set up to the distance before the

lawnmower reaches the shortcut wire (See below).

SHORTCUT WIRE

OK

NG

Wire exit location should be set before reaching the shortcut wire.

5mm or less(If the wire width is more than 10 mm, the lawnmower will detect the boundary wire and slow down or rotate)

ZONE1

ZONE2

1m or more (The lawnmower can not go through the passage less than 1m in width)

3-20

Page 206: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

2-1 Timer

Quick Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Quick SetupTimer0.OK 9.Select All1.Monday 2.Tuesday 3.Wednesday 4.Thursday

Quick SetupTimer0.OK 9.Select All5.Friday 6.Saturday 7.Sunday

Quick SetupTimer

Start EndTimer 1 __:__-__:__

Timer 2 00:00-00:00

Quick Setup

Timer

Mon-Tue-Wed-Thu-Fri-Sat-Sun

Start Time & End Time 1

Start Time & End Time 2

2-1

Enter Key

Select Button

Select [0.OK]

Enter Key

Activated

2

How to determine weekly working time*.*Working Time=Cutting Time + Return Time + Charging Time1. Two gardens, with same lawn area, will have a different weekly working time depending on following criteria.

• Field geographical position (north, east, west or south of Europe)

• Field condition-Type of grass-Boundary wire layout (Zones, Length, Shortcut Wire(s))-Slopes

2. Below table provides a rough estimation of weekly working time. Given value should be adjusted (+50% to -50%) depending on the above listed criteria.

(-) HRM300 is not designed for large areas as battery life would decrease very quickly.

3. It is advisable to visit the customer 1 or 2 months after installation to confirm that the timer settings are well defined.

• Too long working time: grass will look trampled.

• Too short working time: some small areas will remain uncut.

3-21

Page 207: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

2-2 Zone 2-2-1 Wire Exit Location

2-2-2 Zone Proportion (%)

Zone

Quick Setup

2-2

2

Quick SetupZone 2Wire Exit Location : 0m

: CW

0-250m __0m1.CW/2.ACW 1.CW

Wire Exit Location

CW ACW

Quick Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Quick SetupZone 21.Wire Exit Location2.Zone Proportion (%)3.Mowing Pattern4.Area

Activated

Enter Key

Enter Key

Enter Key

2-2-1

Travel distance from the docking station.

CW: ClockwiseACW: Anti-clockwise

Distance

Zone

Quick Setup

2-2

2 Quick Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Enter Key

Quick SetupZone 21.Wire Exit Location2.Zone Proportion (%)3.Mowing Pattern4.Area

Quick SetupZone 2Zone Proportion (%) : 0%

0-100% __0%

Zone Proportion (%)

Enter Key

Enter Key

2-2-2

Activated

If the zone proportion is 20%, the lawnmower will mow the zone 2 at one of five times.

3-22

Page 208: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

2-2-3 Mowing Pattern

2-2-4 Area

Zone

Quick Setup

2-2

2 Quick Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Enter Key

Quick SetupZone 21.Wire Exit Location2.Zone Proportion (%)3.Mowing Pattern4.Area

Enter Key

Enter Key

2-2-3

Quick SetupZone 2Mowing Pattern :Random 1.Random 2.Directional 3.Mixed

Mowing Pattern

DirectionalRandom Mixed

Activated

• See Page 2-7 to select correct pattern. • This value also applies to Zone1.

Area

Zone

Quick Setup

2-2

2 Quick Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Enter Key

Quick SetupZone 21.Wire Exit Location2.Zone Proportion (%)3.Mowing Pattern4.Area

Enter Key

Enter Key

2-2-4

Quick SetupZone 2Area

Wire Overlap:20cm

20-45cm 20cm

Wire Overlap

Activated

• Wire overlap should be above 35cm if some shortcut wire is used: page 3-11.

• This value also applies to Zone1.

3-23

Page 209: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

2-3 Summary

2-4 Reset

Quick Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Quick Setup

2-3

Enter Key

2

Summary

Timer Summary

Zone Summary

Quick SetupTimer SummaryMon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat SunTimer 1 00:00-00:00Timer 2 00:00-00:00

Quick SetupZone Summary Zone 1Wire Exit CW / 0mExit Angle 50°-150°Mowing Pattern RandomWire Overlap 20cm

Select Button

Quick SetupZone Summary Zone 2Wire Exit CW / 0mExit Angle 50°-150°Mowing Pattern RandomWire Overlap 20cmPassage Width (Out) 1

Select Button

Quick Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Quick Setup

2-4

Enter Key

Enter Key

2

Reset

Quick SetupResetReset All

Confirm Reset 1.Yes

Activated

3-24

Page 210: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

3 Custom Setup (Details setting mode)

3

3-1

Menu1.Auto Mode2.Quick Setup3.Custom Setup4.Test5.History6.System Setup

Custom Setup

Timer Zone Summary Reset

Mon-Tue-Wed-Thu-Fri-Sat-Sun

Mon

Start Time & End Time 1

Start Time & End Time 2

Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun

Zone Set

Zone Set

Timer Zone

Reset All Zones Reset All Timers Reset All Copy Quick Setup

Wire Exit Location Exit Angle Mowing Pattern Area

CW ACW Start End Random Directional Mixed Wire Overlap Passage Width (Out)

Zone1 Zone5

3-2 3-3 3-4

3-2-1

3-2-1-1 3-2-1-2 3-2-1-3 3-2-1-4

3-3-1 3-3-2

3-4-1 3-4-2 3-4-3 3-4-4

Distance

3-25

Page 211: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

3-1 Timer

Activated

Enter Key

3

3-1 Custom Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Custom SetupTimer0.OK 9.Select All1.Monday 2.Tuesday 3.Wednesday 4.Thursday

Custom SetupTimer :Monday0.OK 9.Select All5.Friday 6.Saturday 7.Sunday

Custom Setup

Timer

Mon-Tue-Wed-Thu-Fri-Sat-Sun

Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun

Select Button

Custom SetupTimer :Monday

Start EndTimer 1 __:__-__:__

1.Zone 1 :Zone1-5Timer 2 00:00-00:00

1.Zone 1 :Zone1-5

Select [0.OK]

Enter Key

Start Time & End Time 1

Start Time & End Time 2

Zone Set

Zone Set

Next days

• See Page 3-21 to estimate working time based on mowing area on and field conditions.

3-26

Page 212: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

3-2 Zone3-2-1 Zone1

3-2-1-1 Wire Exit Location

Activated

Enter Key

3-2 Custom Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Custom SetupZone1.Zone 12.Zone 23.Zone 34.Zone 45.Zone 5

Custom SetupZone 11.Wire Exit Location2.Exit Angle3.Mowing Pattern4.Area

Custom SetupZone 1Wire Exit Location : 0m

: CW

0-250m 000m1.CW/2.ACW 1.CW

Zone

3 Custom Setup

3-2-1-1Enter Key

Enter Key

Enter Key

Wire Exit Location

CW ACW

Zone1 Zone53-2-1

Travel distance from the docking station.

CW: ClockwiseACW: Anti-clockwise

Distance

3-27

Page 213: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

3-2-1-2 Exit Angle

Activated

Enter Key

3-2 Custom Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Custom SetupZone1.Zone 12.Zone 23.Zone 34.Zone 45.Zone 5

Custom SetupZone 11.Wire Exit Location2.Exit Angle3.Mowing Pattern4.Area

Custom SetupZone 1Exit Angle 10°- 170°Start10°- 170° 010°End10°- 170° 170°

Zone

3 Custom Setup

3-2-1-2Enter Key

Enter Key

Enter Key

Exit Angle

Zone1 Zone53-2-1

Start End

Start/End: Approach angle to the zone.

BOUNDARY WIRE

a

ba: Start angle

b: End angle

3-28

Page 214: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

3-2-1-3 Mowing Pattern

Mowing Pattern

Activated

Enter Key

3-2 Custom Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Custom SetupZone1.Zone 12.Zone 23.Zone 34.Zone 45.Zone 5

Custom SetupZone 11.Wire Exit Location2.Exit Angle3.Mowing Pattern4.Area

Custom SetupZone 1Mowing Pattern :Random 1.Random 2.Directional 3.Mixed

Zone

3 Custom Setup

3-2-1-3Enter Key

Enter Key

Enter Key

Zone1 Zone53-2-1

Random Directional Mixed

• See Page 2-7 to select correct pattern.

3-29

Page 215: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

3-2-1-4 Area

Activated

Enter Key

3-2 Custom Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Custom SetupZone1.Zone 12.Zone 23.Zone 34.Zone 45.Zone 5

Custom SetupZone 11.Wire Exit Location2.Exit Angle3.Mowing Pattern4.Area

Zone

3 Custom Setup

3-2-1-4Enter Key

Enter Key

Enter Key

Zone1 Zone53-2-1

Area

Wire Overlap Passage Width (Out)

Custom SetupZone 1Area

1.Wire Overlap2.Passage Width (Out)

Custom SetupZone 1Area

Wire Overlap:20cm

20-45cm 20cm

Custom SetupZone 1Area

Passage Width (Out):3

0-10 03

Enter Key Enter Key

ActivatedEnter Key

• Wire overlap should be over 35cm if some shortcut wire is used: Page 3-11.

• See page 3-10.• See page 3-14.

3-30

Page 216: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

3-3 Summary3-3-1 Timer

3-3-2 Zone

Custom Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Custom SetupSummary1.Timer2.Zone

Custom SetupTimer Summary :MonMon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat SunTimer 1 00:00-00:00

Zone 1Timer 2 00:00-00:00

Zone 1

3-3 Summary

3 Custom Setup

Timer3-3-1

Enter Key

Enter Key

Select Button

Next days

Custom Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Custom SetupSummary1.Timer2.Zone

3-3 Summary

3 Custom Setup

Zone3-3-2

Enter Key

Enter Key

Custom SetupZone Summary :Zone 1Wire Exit CW / 0mExit Angle 50°-150°Mowing Pattern RandomWire Overlap 20cmPassage Width (Out) 3

Select Button

Next days

3-31

Page 217: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

3-4 Reset3-4-1 Reset All Zones

3-4-2 Reset All Timers

Custom Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Custom SetupReset1.Reset All Zones2.Reset All Timers3.Reset All4.Copy Quick Setup

3-4

3 Custom Setup

3-4-1

Enter Key

Enter Key

Reset

Reset All Zones

Custom SetupResetReset All Zones

Confirm Reset1.Yes

Enter Key

Activated

Custom Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Custom SetupReset1.Reset All Zones2.Reset All Timers3.Reset All4.Copy Quick Setup

3-4

3 Custom Setup

3-4-2

Enter Key

Enter Key

Reset

Reset All Timers

Custom SetupResetReset All Timers

Confirm Reset1.Yes

Enter Key

Activated

3-32

Page 218: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

3-4-3 Reset All

3-4-4 Copy Quick Setup

Custom Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Custom SetupReset1.Reset All Zones2.Reset All Timers3.Reset All4.Copy Quick Setup

3-4

3 Custom Setup

3-4-3

Enter Key

Enter Key

Reset

Reset All

Custom SetupResetReset All

Confirm Reset1.Yes

Enter Key

Activated

Custom Setup1.Timer2.Zone3.Summary4.Reset

Custom SetupReset1.Reset All Zones2.Reset All Timers3.Reset All4.Copy Quick Setup

3-4

3 Custom Setup

3-4-4

Enter Key

Enter Key

Reset

Copy Quick Setup

Custom SetupResetCopy Quick Setup

Confirm Copy1.Yes

Enter Key

Activated

• All settings from "Quick setup" will be copied to Custom setup (times and zone settings).

3-33

Page 219: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

4 Test (For performing test of the lawnmower)

4

4-1

Menu1.Auto Mode2.Quick Setup3.Custom Setup4.Test5.History6.System Setup

Alarm Display

Test

Test Setup Calibrate Sensor

Area Sensor Zone1 Calibrate Tilt Sensor

Test Mower

Manual Stop Sensors Keypad

Lift Sensor Tilt Sensor Obst. Sensor Roll over Sensor

Area

Sensitivity

4-2 4-4

4-3-1

4-5

Home Zone2 Zone3 Zone4 Zone5

Quick SetupCustom Setup

Test

4-3-2 4-3-3 4-3-4 4-3-5

4-3-2-1 4-3-2-2 4-3-2-3 4-3-2-4

4-3

This icon shows the present mode is in the "dealer mode" and will appear by pushing and holding the key pads 2, 4, 9, and ENTER key.

Check Area Wire

3-34

Page 220: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

4-1 Check Boundary wire

4-2 Test Setup

4-1

4 Test

Area Sensor

Check Area wire

Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test Setup

TestCheck Area Wire

Area SensorLv0

Enter Key

• To perform this test, place the mower at the farthest point from the boundary wire.

• Level should not be lower than Lv1 in any case.

• Safe value is above Lv3.• See page 3-9

4-2

4 Test Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test SetupTest Setup

Zone1Home Zone2 Zone3 Zone4 Zone5

Quick SetupCustom Setup

TestTest SetupCustom Setup

0.Home 3.Zone 31.Zone 1 4.Zone 42.Zone 2 5.Zone 5

TestTest Setup

Home

Start Test1.Yes

TestTest Setup

Home

Close Display Cover

Enter Key

Enter Key

Enter Key

In case of Quick Setup is 0 to 2.In case of Custom Setup is 0 to 5.

TEST START

• Test will start after closing the display cover.

• Mower will alternatively use CW and ACW direction to return to docking station.

3-35

Page 221: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

4-3 Test Mower4-3-1 Manual Stop

4-3-1

4

Enter Key

Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test Setup3.Test Mower4.Calibrate Sensor5.Area

TestTest Mower1.Manual Stop2.Sensors3.Alarm4.Display5.Keypad

TestTest MowerManual Stop

ResultManual Stop Right OKManual Stop Left OK

Test Mower

Test

Manual Stop

Enter Key

4-3

1.Close the display cover.2.Open the display cover.

3-36

Page 222: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

4-3-2 Sensors

4-3-2-1 Lift Sensor

4-3

4

Enter Key

Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test Setup3.Test Mower4.Calibrate Sensor5.Area

TestTest Mower1.Manual Stop2.Sensors3.Alarm4.Display5.Keypad

Test Mower

Test

Sensors

Enter Key

TestTest Mower1.Lift Sensor2.Tilt Sensor3.Obstruction Sensor4.Rollover Sensor

TestTest MowerLift Sensor

Lift the Mower

Right Sensor OKLeft Sensor OK

Lift Sensor

Enter Key

4-3-2

4-3-2-1

Lift the MAIN COVER.

3-37

Page 223: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

4-3-2-2 Tilt Sensor

4-3

4

Enter Key

Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test Setup3.Test Mower4.Calibrate Sensor5.Area

TestTest Mower1.Manual Stop2.Sensors3.Alarm4.Display5.Keypad

Test Mower

Test

Sensors

Enter Key

TestTest Mower1.Lift Sensor2.Tilt Sensor3.Obstruction Sensor4.Rollover Sensor

Tilt Sensor

Enter Key

4-3-2

4-3-2-2

TestTest MowerTilt Sensor

Tilt the Mower

Angle 7°

• Tilt the mower by hand and check value displayed matches actual angle.

• To perform this test, mower should be placed on a level surface.

3-38

Page 224: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

4-3-2-3 Obstruction Sensor

4-3

4

Enter Key

Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test Setup3.Test Mower4.Calibrate Sensor5.Area

TestTest Mower1.Manual Stop2.Sensors3.Alarm4.Display5.Keypad

Test Mower

Test

Sensors

Enter Key

TestTest Mower1.Lift Sensor2.Tilt Sensor3.Obstruction Sensor4.Rollover Sensor

Obst. Sensor

Enter Key

4-3-2

4-3-2-3

TestTest MowerObstruction Sensor

Push the Mower Cover

Front Sensor OKRear Sensor OK Push the MAIN COVER.

3-39

Page 225: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

4-3-2-4 Rollover Sensor

TestTest MowerRollover Sensor1st Turn Over the Mower2nd Return Upright

Sensor –Angle Detection –

4-3

4

Enter Key

Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test Setup3.Test Mower4.Calibrate Sensor5.Area

TestTest Mower1.Manual Stop2.Sensors3.Alarm4.Display5.Keypad

Test Mower

Test

Sensors

Enter Key

TestTest Mower1.Lift Sensor2.Tilt Sensor3.Obstruction Sensor4.Rollover Sensor

Rollover Sensor

Enter Key

4-3-2

4-3-2-4

TestTest MowerRollover Sensor

ResultSensor OKAngle Detection 55°

Enter Key

• Tilt the mower by hand and check value displayed matches actual angle, and sensor value turns to "OK".

• To perform this test, mower should be placed on a level surface.

3-40

Page 226: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

4-3-3 Alarm

4-3-4 Display

4-3-3

4

Enter Key

Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test Setup3.Test Mower4.Calibrate Sensor5.Area

TestTest Mower1.Manual Stop2.Sensors3.Alarm4.Display5.Keypad

Test Mower

Test

Alarm

Enter Key

4-3

TestTest MowerAlarm

Test Alarm

Press ENT KeyWarning will Sound

4-3-4

4

Enter Key

Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test Setup3.Test Mower4.Calibrate Sensor5.Area

TestTest Mower1.Manual Stop2.Sensors3.Alarm4.Display5.Keypad

Test Mower

Test

Display

Enter Key

4-3

TestTest MowerDisplay

Test

Start

Enter Key

Test Start

Display monitor will be black and then turn white.

3-41

Page 227: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

4-3-5 Keypad

4-3-5

4

Enter Key

Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test Setup3.Test Mower4.Calibrate Sensor5.Area

TestTest Mower1.Manual Stop2.Sensors3.Alarm4.Display5.Keypad

Test Mower

Test

Keypad

Enter Key

4-3

TestTest MowerKeypad

Test

Start

Enter Key

TestTest MowerKeypad

TestPress any Key

5 The keypad test is possible for 30 seconds.

• Activated key value will be displayed in bold.

3-42

Page 228: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

4-4 Calibrate Sensor

4-5 Area

4-4

4

Enter Key

Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test Setup3.Test Mower4.Calibrate Sensor5.Area

Calibrate Sensor

Test

TestTest MowerCalibrate

Tilt SensorKeep Horizontal

1. Yes

Calibrate Tilt Sensor

• To perform this operation, mower must be placed on a level surface.

Enter Key

TestTest MowerCalibrate

Tilt SensorFinished

4-5

4

Enter Key

Test1.Check Area Wire2.Test Setup3.Test Mower4.Calibrate Sensor5.Area

Area

Test

Sensitivity TestAreaSensitivity :Middle

1.High 2.Middle 3.Low

• See page 3-9.

3-43

Page 229: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

5 History (For viewing operation and error history)

5

5-1

Menu1.Auto Mode2.Quick Setup3.Custom Setup4.Test5.History6.System Setup

History

Fault History

Operating time Work History

Operating History

Zone HistoryOperating Time Trip Reset Activation Count

History

Fault HistoryOperating History

Work History

·Cutting Time·Charging Time

·Cutting History·Return History·Charge History

·Cutting Time·Running Time·Return Time·Charging Time·Total Operating Time

·Cutting History·Return History·Charge History

·Return History Start·Cutting Time·Charging Time·Return Time·Running Time·Battery Charge Cycles

·Lift·Bump·Tilt·Rollover·Manual Stop·Charge Cycles

DTC code·Warning

5-2

5-2

5-3-1

5-1-2

5

5-3

5-3-2 5-3-3 5-3-4 5-3-5

5-1-1

DTC code·Warning

This icon shows the present mode is in the "dealer mode" and will appear by pushing and holding the key pads 2, 4, 9 and ENTER key.

3-44

Page 230: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

5-1 Operating History5-1-1 Operating time

Enter Key

Enter Key

History1.Operating History2.Fault History

HistoryOperating History1.Operating Time2.Work History

HistoryOperating Time

Cutting Time0min

Charging Time0min

History

Operating time

Operating History

·Cutting Time·Charging Time

5

5-1

5-1-1

3-45

Page 231: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

5-1-2 Work History

HistoryCutting History

01: 0min 06: 0min02: 0min 07: 0min03: 0min 08: 0min04: 0min 09: 0min05: 0min 10: 0min

HistoryReturn History

01: 0min 06: 0min02: 0min 07: 0min03: 0min 08: 0min04: 0min 09: 0min05: 0min 10: 0min

HistoryCharge History

01: 0min 06: 0min02: 0min 07: 0min03: 0min 08: 0min04: 0min 09: 0min05: 0min 10: 0min

Enter Key

Enter Key

History1.Operating History2.Fault History

HistoryOperating History1.Operating Time2.Work History

History

Work History

Operating History

Select Button

Select Button

·Cutting History·Return History·Charge History

5

5-1

5-1-2

• Charge history can provide useful indication on battery condition.

• If charging time becomes excessively short, battery should be checked (page 10-8).

Standard charging time:-HRM500: 60min-HRM300: 30min

3-46

Page 232: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

5-2 Fault History

Enter Key

Enter Key

History1.Operating History2.Fault History

History

Fault HistoryDTC code·Warning

HistoryFault History

1.3A036 29.06.12 11:122.–3.–4.–5.–

HistoryFault History01:No loop signal

Warning29.06.2012 11:12

5

5-2

HistoryFault History01:No loop signal

Operating Time :4min

HistoryFault History01:No loop signal

State :Standby

HistoryFault History01:No loop signal

Battery Voltage :21.4[V]

HistoryFault History01:No loop signal

Battery Current :0.2[A]

HistoryFault History01:No loop signal

Battery Capacity :45[%]

HistoryFault History01:No loop signal

Motor Right :0[RPM]

HistoryFault History01:No loop signal

Motor Left :0[RPM]

HistoryFault History01:No loop signal

Work Motor :0[RPM]

Select Button

Select Button

Select Button

Select Button

Select Button

Select Button

Select Button

Select Button

3-47

Page 233: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

5-3 Operating History5-3-1 Operating Time

5-3-1

5

Enter Key

Operating History

History

Operating Time

5-3

·Cutting Time·Running Time·Return Time·Charging Time·Total Operating Time

History1.Operating History2.Fault History

HistoryOperating History1.Operating Time2.Work History3.Zone History4.Trip5.Activation Count

HistoryOperating TimeCutting Time

0minQuick Mode

0min

HistoryOperating TimeCutting Time

Custom Mode0min

Manual Mode0min

HistoryOperating TimeCutting Time

0minRandom

0min

Enter Key

Select Button

Select Button

Select Button

HistoryOperating TimeCutting Time

Directional0min

Mixed0min

HistoryOperating TimeRunning Time

0minReturn Time

0min

HistoryOperating TimeCharging Time

0minTotal Operating Time

44min

Select Button

Select Button

3-48

Page 234: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

5-3-2 Work History

5-3-2

5

Enter Key

Operating History

History

Work History

5-3 History1.Operating History2.Fault History

HistoryOperating History1.Operating Time2.Work History3.Zone History4.Trip5.Activation Count

Enter Key

·Cutting History·Return History·Charge History

HistoryCutting History

01: 0min 06: 0min02: 0min 07: 0min03: 0min 08: 0min04: 0min 09: 0min05: 0min 10: 0min

Select Button

HistoryReturn History

01: 0min 06: 0min02: 0min 07: 0min03: 0min 08: 0min04: 0min 09: 0min05: 0min 10: 0min

Select Button

HistoryCharge History

01: 0min 06: 0min02: 0min 07: 0min03: 0min 08: 0min04: 0min 09: 0min05: 0min 10: 0min

• Charge history can provide useful indication on battery condition.

• If charging time becomes excessively short, battery should be checked (page 10-8).

Standard charging time:-HRM500: 60min-HRM300: 30min

3-49

Page 235: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

5-3-3 Zone History

5-3-3

5

Enter Key

Operating History

History

Zone History

5-3 History1.Operating History2.Fault History

HistoryOperating History1.Operating Time2.Work History3.Zone History4.Trip5.Activation Count

Enter Key

HistoryReturn History Zone 1

01: 0min 06: 0min02: 0min 07: 0min03: 0min 08: 0min04: 0min 09: 0min05: 0min 10: 0min

·Return History

Select button

Zone 2

Select button

Zone 3

Select button

Zone 4

Select button

Zone 5

3-50

Page 236: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

5-3-4 Trip

5-3-4

5

Enter Key

Operating History

History

Trip

5-3 History1.Operating History2.Fault History

HistoryOperating History1.Operating Time2.Work History3.Zone History4.Trip5.Activation Count

Enter Key

Start·Cutting Time·Charging Time·Return Time·Running Time·Battery Charge Cycles

HistoryTrip 1Start 29/6/12 11:12Cutting Time

0min

0.Reset

HistoryTrip 1Start 29/6/12 11:12Charging Time

0min

0.Reset

HistoryTrip 2Start 29/6/12 11:12Running Time

0min

0.Reset

HistoryTrip 3Start 29/6/12 11:12Battery Charge Cycles

0

0.Reset

HistoryTrip 1Start 29/6/12 11:12Return Time

0min

0.Reset

Select Button

Select Button

Select Button

Select Button

3-51

Page 237: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

5-3-5 Activation Count

5-3-5

5

Enter Key

Operating History

History

Activation Count

5-3 History1.Operating History2.Fault History

HistoryOperating History1.Operating Time2.Work History3.Zone History4.Trip5.Activation Count

Enter Key

Select Button

·Lift·Bump·Tilt·Rollover·Manual Stop·Charge Cycles

HistoryActivation CountLift 9Bump 9Tilt 2Rollover 1Manual Stop 6

HistoryActivation CountCharge Cycles 0

3-52

Page 238: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

6 System Setup (System related settings)

System Setup

Station Setup Manual Mode Setup

Station Signal Mowing Pattern

Type1 Type2 Type3 Type4 CW ACW

Date and Time Security

Set Date Set Time Alarm Create a PIN Immobilizer

Passage Return Width AreaLoop Direction

Wire Overlap

OFFON OFFON

Sound

OFFON

Language

English Deutsche Italiano Svenska Nederlands Espańol DanskFrançais

Menu1.Auto Mode2.Quick Setup3.Custom Setup4.Test5.History6.System Setup

6

6-1 6-2

6-1-1 6-1-2 6-1-3 6-2-1 6-2-2

6-3 6-4

6-4-1 6-4-2

6-5 6-6

6-5-1 6-5-2 6-5-3

Random Directional Mixed

3-53

Page 239: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

6-1 Station Setup6-1-1 Station Signal

6-1-2 Loop Direction

Enter Key

System Setup

Station Setup

Station Signal

Type1 Type2 Type3 Type4

System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

System SetupStation Setup1.Station Signal2.Loop Direction3.Passage Return Width

System SetupStation SetupStation Signal :1

1234

Enter Key

Enter Key

6-1

6-1-1

6

Activated

• See page: 3-13

Enter Key

System Setup

Station Setup

Loop Direction

System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

System SetupStation Setup1.Station Signal2.Loop Direction3.Passage Return Width

Enter Key

System SetupStation Setup

Loop Direction :CW

1.Clockwise(CW)2.Anticlockwise(ACW)

CW ACW

Enter Key

6-1

6-1-2

6

Activated

CW: ClockwiseACW: Anti-clockwise

• See page: 3-12 and 3-13

3-54

Page 240: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

6-1-3 Passage Return Width

6-2 Manual Mode Setup6-2-1 Mowing Pattern

Enter Key

System Setup

Station Setup

Passage Return Width

System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

System SetupStation Setup1.Station Signal2.Loop Direction3.Passage Return Width

Enter Key

System SetupStation Setup

Passage Return Width: 9

0-10 09

Enter Key

6-1

6-1-3

6

Activated

• See page: 3-10 and 3-14

Enter Key

System Setup

Manual Mode Setup

Mowing Pattern

System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

Enter Key

Enter Key

System SetupManual Mode Setup1.Mowing Pattern2.Area

System SetupManual Mode SetupMowing Pattern

:Random1.Random2.Directional3.Mixed

Random Directional Mixed

6-2

6-2-1

6

Activated

3-55

Page 241: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

6-2-2 Area

6-3 Language

Enter Key

System Setup

Manual Mode Setup

Area

System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

Enter Key

Enter Key

System SetupManual Mode Setup1.Mowing Pattern2.Area

System SetupManual Mode SetupArea

Wire Overlap:20cm

20–45cm 20cm

Wire Overlap

6-2

6-2-2

6

Activated

Overlap distance from the boundary wire to the lawnmower.

Enter Key

System Setup

Language

System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

Enter Key

System SetupLanguage1.English 5.Svenska2.Deutsch 6.Nederlands3.Français 7.Espańol4.Italiano 8.Dansk

6-3

6

Activated

3-56

Page 242: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

6-4 Date and Time6-4-1 Set Date

6-4-2 Set Time

Enter Key

System Setup System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

Enter Key

System SetupDate and Time1.Set Date2.Set Time

System SetupSet Date

10/08/2012

Date and Time

Set Date

Enter Key

6-4

6-4-1

6

Activated

Enter Key

System Setup System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

Enter Key

System SetupDate and Time1.Set Date2.Set Time

Date and Time

Set Time

Enter Key

System SetupSet Time

11:26(24h)

6-4

6-4-2

6

Activated

3-57

Page 243: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

6-5 Security6-5-1 Alarm

Enter Key

System Setup

System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

Enter Key

Enter Key

System SetupSecurity

Input your PIN

****

System SetupSecurity1.Alarm2.Create a PIN3.Immobilizer

System SetupSecurity

Alarm :ON

1.ON2.OFF

Security

Alarm

OFFON

Activated

Enter Key

6-5

6-5-1

6

3-58

Page 244: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

6-5-2 Create a PIN

System Setup

System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

Enter Key

Enter Key

System SetupSecurityCreate a PIN

Input new PIN

****

System SetupSecurity1.Alarm2.Create a PIN3.Immobilizer

Security

Create a PIN

Activated

Enter Key

Enter Key

System SetupSecurity

Input your PIN

****

6-5

6-5-2

6

• If PIN has been locked by user, it is possible to reset (create a new one) using Dr.H.

3-59

Page 245: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

boundary wire6-5-3 Immobilizer

System Setup System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

Enter Key

Enter Key

System SetupSecurity1.Alarm2.Create a PIN3.Immobilizer

Security

Immobilizer

Enter Key

System SetupSecurityImmobilizer

Set :OFF

1.ON2.OFF

OFFON

Enter Key

System SetupSecurity

Input your PIN

****

6-5

6-5-3

6

Activated

System SetupSecurityImmobilizer

1-30Days _ _Days

Select the [1.ON]

• Once duration is input and validated, mower will work until this duration is over. Then it will return to docking station and will remain docked until PIN code is input.

3-60

Page 246: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

INSTALLATION

6-6 Sound

Enter Key

System Setup System Setup1.Station Setup2.Manual Mode Setup3.Language4.Date and Time5.Security6.Sound

Sound

OFFON

Enter Key

System SetupSound

Keypad :ON1.ON2.OFF

6-6

6

Activated

• When "ON", each time keypad is pressed, a beep will sound.

3-61

Page 247: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MEMO

Page 248: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

4. SERVICE INFORMATION

4

MAINTENANCE STANDARDS ·····················4-2

TORQUE VALUES ········································4-2

LUBRICATION ··············································4-3

HOW TO READ CONNECTOR DRAWINGS··················································· 4-4

HARNESS ROUTING···································· 4-5

4-1

Page 249: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

SERVICE INFORMATIONMAINTENANCE STANDARDSFRAME

Unit: mm (in)

ELECTRIC

TORQUE VALUES

Part Item Standard Service limitRotary blade Rotary blade width 17.3 – 18.7 (0.68 – 0.74) 15.0 (0.59)

Part Item Connector/terminal Standard

Traction motor

Winding resistance(at 20 °C/68 °F) /

No.5 (Black) - No.6 (White)1.1 - 1.3 ΩNo.5 (Black) - No.7 (Red)

No.6 (White) - No.7 (Red)

Blade motor Winding resistance(at 20 °C/68 °F)

No.5 (Black) - No.6 (White)0.6 - 1.8 ΩNo.5 (Black) - No.7 (Red)

No.6 (White) - No.7 (Red)

Battery

Voltage No.1 (Red) - No.4 (Black) 15.0 - 24.9 VResistance (at – 20 to 60 °C/ – 4 to 140 °F)

No.2 (Blue) - No.4 (Black) 4.7 - 198 kΩ

Transformer Resistance(at 20 °C/68 °F)

Plug EAE/EAS 27 - 56 ΩEAB 32 - 63 Ω

2P connector 0.6 - 1.8 Ω

Item Tread Dia. (mm) Torque values RemarksN·m kgf·m lbf·ftFront cover screw M4 tapping screw 1.2 0.12 0.9Display screw M4 tapping screw 1.2 0.12 0.9Lift sensor screw M4 tapping screw 0.4 0.04 0.3Obstruction sensor screw M4 tapping screw 0.4 0.04 0.3 Not same with lift sensor and

area sensor screw.Area sensor screw M4 tapping screw 0.4 0.04 0.3Stop switch screw/nut M3 pan screw

/M3 (Self-lock nut) 0.4 0.04 0.3

Charge socket screw M4 tapping screw 1.2 0.12 0.9Rotary blade bolt M5 x 0.8

(Blade bolt)4.5 0.46 3.3

Blade disk nut M8 x 1.25(Self-lock nut)

29 3.0 21

Rear wheel nut M6 x 1.0(Self-lock nut)

11 1.1 8

Blade motor bolt M6 x 1.0 (Special bolt)

9 0.92 6.6

Traction motor bolt M6 x 1.0 (Special bolt)

9 0.92 6.6

Battery case screw M3 tapping screw 0.4 0.04 0.3Station cover screw M5 tapping screw 0.6 0.06 0.4Charge plug upper cover screw

M5 tapping screw 2.0 0.20 1.5

4-2

Page 250: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

STANDARD TORQUE VALUES

LUBRICATION

Item Tread Dia. (mm) Torque valuesN·m kgf·m lbf·ft

Screw 5 mm 4.2 0.4 3.16 mm 9 0.9 6.6

Bolt and nut 5 mm 5.2 0.5 3.86 mm 10 1.0 78 mm 22 2.2 1610 mm 34 3.5 2512 mm 54 5.5 40

Flange bolt and nut 6 mm 12 1.2 98 mm 27 2.7 2010 mm 39 4.0 29

SH (Small head) flange bolt 6 mm 9 0.9 6.6CT (Cutting threads) flange bolt (Retightening) 6 mm 12 1.2 9

Material Location RemarksMulti-purpose grease Front wheel bush inside

Blade height adjustment dial sliding area Apply to the width of 5 mm (0.2 in) from the top.

Frame seal AFrame seal BFrame seal CStation sealTraction motor shaftBlade motor shaftO-ring

4-3

Page 251: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

HOW TO READ CONNECTOR DRAWINGSConnector drawings show the terminal arrangement, terminal No., number of pins and the shape of terminal (male or female).

Both the male and female connectors are shown for the common connectors, while only the main wire harness side connectors areshown for the dedicated connectors.

The double frame connectors represent the male connectors and the single frame connectors represent the female connectors.

The gender of the connector is determined by the type of terminals the connector contains. Male connectors have male terminals.Female connectors have female terminals. Typically, the smaller plastic shell of a female connector inserts inside the larger plasticshell of a male connector when they are joined.

Terminals in a female connector are numbered from left to right, top to bottom looking at the wire side. Terminals in a maleconnector are numbered from left to right, top to bottom looking at the terminal side.

Both the male and female connectors are shown by viewing them from the terminal side.

FEMALE CONNECTOR

MALE CONNECTOR

LOCK

VIEWING DIRECTION

VIEWING DIRECTION

FEMALE CONNECTOR DRAWING(SINGLE FRAME)Female connector viewed from the terminal side.

CONNECTOR No.MALE CONNECTOR DRAWING(DOUBLE FRAME)Male connector viewed from the terminal side.

LOCK

CONNECTOR No.TERMINAL ARRANGEMENTThe connector drawing shows the terminal arrangement of the connector with the lock of the connector toward up.

TERMINAL No.The system drawing shows the No.9 terminal of the

connector.

4-4

Page 252: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

HARNESS ROUTINGTOP COVER (INSIDE)

MAIN COVER

Terminal number

Wire color

1 Bl2 W3 Bl4 W

Stop switch side

Bl Black Br BrownY Yellow O OrangeBu Blue Lb Light blueG Green Lg Light greenR Red P PinkW White Gr Gray

STOP SWITCH 4P CONNECTOR

LH STOP SWITCH

RH STOP SWITCH

Route the stop switch harness under the rib.

Bl Black Br BrownY Yellow O OrangeBu Blue Lb Light blueG Green Lg Light greenR Red P PinkW White Gr Gray

Terminal number

Wire color

1 G2 Bl3 R4 Bu

Terminal number

Wire color

1 Y2 Bl3 Bu4 WMain wire

harness side

Main wire harness side

DATA LINK 4P CONNECTOR

STOP SWITCH 4P CONNECTOR

Route between the ribs at taped area of the main wire harness.

HARNESS GROMMET

MAIN WIRE HARNESS

4-5

Page 253: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

UPPER FRAME (INSIDE)

DISPLAY 8P CONNECTOR

REAR AREA SENSOR 2P CONNECTOR

REAR OBSTRUCTION SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR

FRONT OBSTRUCTION SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR

RH LIFT SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR

LH LIFT SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR

MAIN WIRE HARNESS

HARNESS BAND CLIP (8)

Route the main wire harness through the guide hole of the upper frame.

MAIN ECU 30P CONNECTOR

4-6

Page 254: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

Terminal number

Wire color

1 R2 R3 Bu4 G5 Bl6 Y7 –8 Br

Main wire harness side

Terminal number

Wire color

1 G2 R3 W

Terminal number

Wire color

1 G2 R3 W

Main wire harness side

Main wire harness side

Bl Black Br BrownY Yellow O OrangeBu Blue Lb Light blueG Green Lg Light greenR Red P PinkW White Gr Gray

Terminal number

Wire color

1 R2 GMain wire

harness side

Terminal number

Wire color

1 W2 R3 G

Terminal number

Wire color

1 W2 R3 G

Main wire harness side

Main wire harness side

Terminal number

Wire color Terminal number

Wire color

1 R 16 R2 R 17 –3 Bu 18 Br4 G 19 Bu5 Bl 20 G6 Y 21 Bl7 Y 22 Bl8 Bu 23 W9 G 24 R10 G 25 R11 G 26 R12 G 27 R13 G 28 R14 W 29 W15 W 30 W

Main wire harness side

4-7

Page 255: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

BOTTOM FRAME (1/2)

RH TRACTION MOTOR 8P CONNECTOR MAIN ECU 4P CONNECTOR

BLADE MOTOR 8P CONNECTOR

MAIN ECU 4P CONNECTOR

MAIN ECU 2P CONNECTORLH TRACTION MOTOR 8P CONNECTOR

HARNESS CLIP (2)

HRM500 shown:

4-8

Page 256: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

Terminal number

Wire color

1 R2 Bu3 W4 BlSub wire

harness side

Terminal number

Wire color

1 G or Bu2 Bu or G

Bl Black Br BrownY Yellow O OrangeBu Blue Lb Light blueG Green Lg Light greenR Red P PinkW White Gr Gray

Terminal number

Wire color

1 R2 G3 R4 G

Blade motor side

Sub wire harness side

Sub wire harness side

Terminal number

Wire color Terminal number

Wire color

1 Bu 5 Bl2 Y 6 W3 G 7 R4 O 8 BrRH traction motor side

Terminal number

Wire color Terminal number

Wire color

1 Bu 5 Bl2 Y 6 W3 G 7 R4 O 8 BrLH traction motor side

Terminal number

Wire color Terminal number

Wire color

1 Bu 5 Bl2 Y 6 W3 G 7 R4 O 8 Br

4-9

Page 257: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

BOTTOM FRAME (2/2)

CHARGE SOCKET TERMINAL

FRONT RH AREA SENSOR 2P CONNECTOR

BATTERY 4P CONNECTORCHARGE SOCKET TERMINAL

FRONT LH AREA SENSOR 2P CONNECTOR

HRM500 shown:

Route between the ribs at taped area of the sub wire harness.

Route between the ribs at taped area of the sub wire harness.

HARNESS GROMMET (5)

BLADE MOTOR HARNESS BOOT

Route the blade motor harness under the guide rib of the blade motor housing.

BLADE MOTOR HARNESS BOOT

SUB WIRE HARNESS

4-10

Page 258: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

Terminal number

Wire color

1 R2 GSub wire

harness side

Terminal number

Wire color

1 R2 G

Terminal number

Wire color

1 R2 Bu3 W4 Bl

Sub wire harness side

Sub wire harness side

Terminal number

Wire color

G or BuBu or G

Bl Black Br BrownY Yellow O OrangeBu Blue Lb Light blueG Green Lg Light greenR Red P PinkW White Gr Gray

4-11

Page 259: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

STATION

STATION ECU 5P CONNECTOR

CHARGE PLUG TERMINAL

CHARGE PLUG TERMINAL

STATION ECU 4P CONNECTOR

BOUNDARY WIRE TERMINAL

TRANSFORMER 2P CONNECTORBOUNDARY WIRE TERMINAL

BOUNDARY WIRE TERMINAL

BOUNDARY WIRE TERMINAL

BOUNDARY WIRE TERMINAL

HARNESS GROMMET (5 HOLES)

HARNESS GROMMET (4 HOLES)

HARNESS GROMMET (5 HOLES)

HARNESS GROMMET (4 HOLES)

Route between the ribs.

STATION HARNESS

4-12

Page 260: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

SERVICE INFORMATION

Terminal number

Wire color

1 Bu2 G3 Bl4 WStation

harness side

Terminal number

Wire color

1 R2 W3 W4 Bu5 Bu

Station harness side

Terminal number

Wire color

1 Bl2 W

Station harness side Terminal

numberWire color

GBuRWWBuBu

Bl Black Br BrownY Yellow O OrangeBu Blue Lb Light blueG Green Lg Light greenR Red P PinkW White Gr Gray

4-13

Page 261: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MEMO

Page 262: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

5. MAINTENANCE

5

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE························5-2

BLADE CONDITION CHECK························5-3

BLADE DISC CONDITION CHECK ··············5-3

MANUAL STOP BUTTON OPERATION CHECK ··························································5-4

DOCKING STATION CHECK ······················· 5-5

DOCKING STATION CLEANING ················· 5-5

DOCKING STATION SCREW CHECK········· 5-5

5-1

Page 263: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCEMAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

(1) Blades, the blade disc, body parts, the front (caster) wheels, and rear (drive) wheels should be replaced as needed.(2) These items should be serviced by dealer.(3) If the screws become loose, tighten them securely.

Perform at every indicated period or operating hour interval, whichever comes soonest.

Maintenance interval Refer to pageEvery week Every year

or 500 Hours

BLADES (1) Check 5-3Change 9-2

BLADE DISK (1) Check 5-3Change 9-2

MANUAL STOP BUTTON Check 5-4BODY PARTS (1) Check (2) —

Clean —DOCKING STATION Check 5-5

Clean 5-5DOCKING STATION SCREWS Check-adjust (3) 5-5REAR (DRIVE) WHEELS (1) Check (2) —

Clean —FRONT (CASTER) WHEELS (1) Check (2) —

Clean —

5-2

Page 264: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MAINTENANCE

BLADE CONDITION CHECK

• Always replace the three blades as a set.

Check the blade [1] for wear or damage.

If the blade is bent, cracked or excessively worn, it mustbe replaced, together with the blade bolts.

Check that the blade bolts [2] are tightened.

If loosened, tighten the blade bolts to the specifiedtorque.

BLADE DISC CONDITION CHECK

Visually checking the blade disc [1] by rotating it. If it iswarped, replace the blade disc (page 9-2).

• Make sure to press the manual stop button and turn the lawnmower off before performing the following procedures.

• Put on a pair of work gloves before performing the following procedures.

TORQUE: 4.5 N·m (0.46 kgf·m, 3.3 lbf·ft)

15 mm or less

Damaged blades

Excessively worn Cracked Bent

[2]

[1]

• Make sure to press the manual stop button and turn the lawnmower off before performing the following procedures.

• Put on a pair of work gloves before performing the following procedures.

[1]

5-3

Page 265: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MAINTENANCE

MANUAL STOP BUTTON OPERATION CHECK

Press the power button on the control panel [1].

Check if the control panel display [1] turns off by closingthe control panel cover [2] slowly when the distancebetween control panel cover and top cover is 10 - 20mm.

If the control panel display does not turn off, check theclearance between stop switch bracket and top cover.(page 7-4).

Check if the control panel display [1] turns on byopening the control panel cover [2] slowly when thedistance between control panel cover and top cover is10 - 20 mm.

If the control panel display does not turn on, check theclearance between stop switch bracket and top cover.(page 7-4).

[1]

[1][2]

10 - 20 mm

[1]

[2]

10 - 20 mm

5-4

Page 266: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MAINTENANCE

DOCKING STATION CHECKCheck the indicator light [1].Refer to following chart:

DOCKING STATION CLEANING

Clean dirt and grass off of the docking station using abrush.

Brush off dirt and grass from docking station,particularly around parts on which the lawnmower restsand around the charging plug area [2].

DOCKING STATION SCREW CHECKCheck the screws [1] condition by pushing the dockingstation [2] around the screws.If there is a gap, tighten it correctly.

Color Description

Green The docking station signal is correct.

Amber (blinking)

A signal problem. Such as the boundary wire becoming disconnected. Check the error message (page 6-4).

Red Condition is abnormal. Check the error message (page 6-4).

[1]

Do not touch the recharging connector [1]. If you touch it, you may become injured.Unplug the docking station’s power cord from the power outlet before cleaning it.

[2]

[1]

[1]

[1] [2]

OK NG

5-5

Page 267: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MEMO

Page 268: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

6. TROUBLESHOOTING

6

SYSTEM DIAGRAM ······································6-2

BEFORE TROUBLESHOOTING···················6-4

DOCKING SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING···································6-4

RUNNING SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING···································6-5

GRASS CUTTING SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING ·································· 6-6

ERROR MESSAGE LIST ······························ 6-8

TROUBLESHOOTING FOR FAULT MESSAGE··················································· 6-11

TROUBLESHOOTING FOR WARNING MESSAGE··················································· 6-18

6-1

Page 269: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

TROUBLESHOOTINGSYSTEM DIAGRAM

TRANSFORMER(EAB type)

DOCKING STATION

AC-IN(1)AC-IN(2)

BATT(ID)BATT(TH+)BATT(−)BATT(+)

STOP(N.O.)-RSTOP(COM)-RSTOP(N.O.)-LSTOP(COM)-L

+8VREPLAY(ON)STOP-SIGNAL

CAN-LGND+12V(REPRO)

CAN-H

TRANSFORMER(EAS type)

TRANSFORMER(EAE type)

STATION ECU

BOUNDARY WIRE

POWER CORD

AC

-OU

T (2

)A

C-O

UT

(1)

AC

-IN (2

)A

C-IN

(1)

AR

EA

-OU

T (0

)A

RE

A-O

UT

(1)

AR

EA

-OU

T (2

)A

RE

A-O

UT

(3)

AR

EA

-OU

T (4

)

Bl

W G Bu

Bu

Bu W W R

W

Bu

Bl

R

MAIN ECU

R

Y

Br

Bu

G

Bl

R

W

Bl

W

Bl

Bl

Y

W

Bu

LH STOP SWITCH

RH STOP SWITCH

DISPLAY ECU

DISPLAY

RELAY (ON)

+8V

CAN-H

STOP-SIGNAL

GND

CAN-L

REPRO

Bu or G

G or Bu

1P BATTERY(HRM300)

2P BATTERY(HRM500)

Bl Black Br BrownY Yellow O OrangeBu Blue Lb Light blueG Green Lg Light greenR Red P PinkW White Gr Gray

6-2

Page 270: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

HIC(U)-WORK

Vcc

Vcc

HU

HV

HWHIC(V)-WORK

AREA-SIG-FRAREA-GND-FR

HIC(W)-WORK5V-WORKS-GND-WORKPOWER(U)-WORKPOWER(V)-WORKPOWER(W)-WORK

Y

G

R

G

O

Bu

Br

Bl

W

R

MAIN ECU

AREA-SIG-FLAREA-GND-FLG

R

AREA-SIG-REARAREA-GND-REARG

R

HIC(U)-R

Vcc

Vcc

Vcc

VCC

HALLIC

HALLIC

VSS

OUT

HU

HV

HWHIC(V)-RHIC(W)-R5V-RS-GND-RPOWER(U)-RPOWER(V)-RPOWER(W)-R

HIC(U)-LHIC(V)-LHIC(W)-L5V-LS-GND-LPOWER(U)-LPOWER(V)-LPOWER(W)-L

Y

G

O

Bu

Br

Bl

W

R

Vcc

Vcc

HU

HV

HWY

G

O

Bu

Br

Bl

W

R

LIFT-VCC-LLIFT-SIG-LR

LIFT-GND-L

BUMP-VCC-FRONTBUMP-SIG-FRONTBUMP-GND-FRONT

G

W

MAINCIRCUIT

LIFT-VCC-RLIFT-SIG-RR

LIFT-GND-RG

W

MAINCIRCUIT

R

G

W

Vcc

VCC

VSS

OUT

BUMP-VCC-REARBUMP-SIG-REARBUMP-GND-REAR

R

G

W

BLADE MOTOR

FRONT RH AREA SENSOR

FRONT LH AREA SENSOR

REAR AREA SENSOR

FRONT OBSTRUCTION SENSOR

RH TRACTION MOTOR

LH TRACTION MOTOR

LH LIFT SENSOR

RH LIFT SENSOR

REAR OBSTRUCTION SENSOR

6-3

Page 271: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

BEFORE TROUBLESHOOTING • Use a known-good battery for troubleshooting. • Check that the connectors are connected securely. • Read the circuit tester's operation instructions carefully, and observe the instructions during inspection.

DOCKING SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING

Can dock

The error message is displayed (page 3-15). Displayed Check the error message and perform the troubleshooting for fault/warning message (page 6-8, 6-9, 6-10).

HRM300/500 can dock to the station.

Not displayed

Check the charge current on the display with docking to the station.(Normal charging current is 1A or more.)

Abnormal

Battery trouble. Replace the battery (page 10-7).

Check the transformer (page 11-3).

Abnormal

Repair the power supply.(Contact an electric power company if necessary.)

Normal

Check the power supply.

Normal

Abnormal

Transformer trouble. Replace the transformer.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Normal

Remove the foreign substance of the wheel(s).

Abnormal

Check the setting of HRM300/500 (page 3-53).

Normal

Set the setting again (page 3-9).

Abnormal

Check the boundary wire installation (page 3-12).

Normal

Check if foreign material blocks the wheel(s).

Cannot dock

Install the boundary wire correctly (page 3-12).

Abnormal

Check the charge plug and socket for damage, bent and rust.

Normal

Charge plug and/or socket trouble. Replace or repair the charge plug and/or socket (page 10-6, 11-2).

AbnormalNormal

Between the main ECU 2P connector and charge socket terminals ( and

) of sub wire harness trouble.Replace or repair the sub wire harness.

6-4

Page 272: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

RUNNING SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING

Rotating

The error message is displayed (page 3-15). Displayed Check the error message and perform the troubleshooting for fault/warning message (page 6-8, 6-9, 6-10).

The traction motor(s) is rotating.

Not displayed

Check the woodruff key (page 8-3).

Abnormal

Replace the woodruff key (page 8-3).

Wheel trouble.Replace the wheel (page 8-3).

Normal

Recharge the battery.

AbnormalNormal

Check the condition of charge (page 3-15).

Not rotating

Remove the foreign substance of the wheel(s).

Abnormal

Check the traction motor(s) (page 8-4).

Normal

Replace the traction motor(s) (page 8-3).

Abnormal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Normal

Check if foreign material blocks the wheel(s). When wheel gets blocked by an object, a message is displayed on Dr.H screen (e.g. 3A056, 3A057).

Check the sub wire harness for open or short circuit and for proper connection.

Replace the sub wire harness.

NormalAbnormal

6-5

Page 273: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

GRASS CUTTING SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTINGGrass cannot be mown at all.

Rotating

The error message is displayed (page 3-15). Displayed Check the error message and perform the troubleshooting for fault/warning message (page 6-8, 6-9, 6-10).

The blade motor is rotating.

Not displayed

Check the woodruff key (page 9-2).

Abnormal

Replace the woodruff key (page 9-2).

Blade disk/rotary blade trouble.Check the blade disk/rotary blade installation, wear and damage (page 9-2, 5-3).Replace or repair the blade disk/rotary blade (page 9-2).

Normal

Recharge the battery (page 10-7).

AbnormalNormal

Check the condition of charge (page 3-15).

Not rotating

Remove the foreign substance of the blade disk/rotary blade.

Abnormal

Check the blade motor (page 9-3).

Normal

Replace the blade motor (page 9-2).

AbnormalNormal

Check whether a foreign substance bites to the blade disk/rotary blade.

AbnormalNormal

Check the sub wire harness for open or short circuit and for proper connection.

Replace the sub wire harness.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).If the error message is still displayed after replacing the main ECU, replace the display. (page 10-3).

6-6

Page 274: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

Grass cannot be mown continuously.

Continuously but jerky work

The error message is displayed (page 3-15). Displayed Check the error message and perform the troubleshooting for fault/warning message (page 6-8, 6-9, 6-10).

HRM300/500 is working continuously.

Not displayed

Mowing load is high and load regulation is working.Decrease the cutting height.

Recharge the battery.Check the condition of charge (page 3-15).

Stop immediately

Check whether the manual stop button operates correctly after installing the top cover (page 7-4).Check the stop switch (page 7-6).

Check the blade motor (page 9-3).

Check the lift sensor and obstruction sensor in the test mode (page 3-37, 3-39).

Check the stop switch function (page 5-4).

Lift sensor and/or obstruction sensor trouble. Replace the lift sensor and/or obstruction sensor. ·Lift sensor (page 10-5) ·Obstruction sensor (page 10-3)

Check the sub wire harness for open or short circuit and for proper connection.

Replace the sub wire harness.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).If the error message is still displayed after replacing the main ECU, replace the display. (page 10-3).

Abnormal

Normal

Abnormal

Normal

Remove the foreign substance of the blade. Check whether a foreign substance bites to the blade disk/rotary blade.

Abnormal

Normal

Replace the blade motor (page 9-2).Abnormal

Normal

Abnormal

Normal

Abnormal

Normal

6-7

Page 275: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

ERROR MESSAGE LISTFAULT MESSAGEMethod of checking the fault message on the display: See page 6-4

Mode DTC code(using Dr.H)

Message 1 Details Refer to pageMessage 2

Fault

3A077 Keypad In operation, keypad continued being pushed with the state that the control cover is closed. 6-11-

3A074 Clock Clock function trouble of the display ECU. 6-11-

3A073 ENT Key In operation, keypad continues being pushed with the state that the control cover is closed. 6-11-

3A072 Data memory Error Memory for PIN, setting, history information breaks down. 6-11-

3A031 (Main ECU),3A071 (Display ECU)

Communication Error Between main ECU and display ECU cannot communicate. 6-12

-

3A070 Display Unit Error Display ECU trouble. 6-12-

3A044 Yaw sensor Yaw sensor trouble of the main ECU. 6-12-

3A047 Charging control Battery charging trouble of the main ECU. 6-13-3A045 (Sensor short),3A046 (Sensor open)

Battery temperature Battery temperature detection trouble of the main ECU. 6-13

-

3A042 Motor sensor R Right traction motor speed detection trouble of the main ECU. 6-13-

3A043 Motor sensor L Left traction motor speed detection trouble of the main ECU. 6-13-

3A041 Motor sensor Blade Blade motor speed detection trouble of the main ECU. 6-14-

3A026 Wheel motor Abnormal in the traction motor driver circuit of main ECU. 6-14-

3A025 Blade motor Abnormal in the blade motor driver circuit of main ECU. 6-14-

3A034 Wheel motor relay Power supply trouble to the traction motor of main ECU. 6-14-

3A033 Blade motor relay Power supply trouble to the blade motor of main ECU. 6-14-

3A040 Area sensor One of the front RH/LH area sensors cannot receive the pulse from boundary wire. 6-15-

3A024 Obstruction sensor One of the obstruction sensors is inactive. 6-15Push the Mower cover.

3A023 Tilt sensor Tilt sensor cannot detect either vertical or horizontal. 6-16Tilt the Mower.

3A022 Lift sensor One of the Lift sensors is inactive. 6-16Lift the Mower.

3A021 Rollover sensor In rollover state, Tilt sensor or Rollover sensor is inactive. 6-17Turn over the Mower.

3A020 Manual stop One of the Manual stop switches is inactive. 6-17-

3A032 Battery Error HRM300: Connect 1P battery to HRM300HRM500: Connect 2P battery to HRM500 6-17-

3A030 Motor ECU Error Main ECU trouble. 6-17-

6-8

Page 276: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

WARNING MESSAGE LISTMethod of checking the warning message on the display: See page 6-4

Mode DTC code(using Dr.H)

Message 1

DetailsRefer

to page

Message 2Message 3Message 4

Warning

-

No Operation : Wrong PIN is entered three times.

6-185 minutes--

-

Clock Reset The backup power supply disappears by long-time storage.

6-18Set Date and TimeDD/MM/YYYY_ _ : _ _ (24h)

3A050

Battery voltage high The battery is overcharged.

6-19---

3A052

Battery voltage low The voltage of the battery is low.

6-19Charge the Mower--

3A060

Battery temp high The atmosphere temperature of the battery in the frame is more than 60 °C.

6-20---

3A062

Battery temp low The atmosphere temperature of the battery in the frame is less than 5 °C.

6-20---

3A054

Blade motor The temperature of the work motor driver (Main ECU) is more than 85 °C.

6-21Temp high--

3A056 (Right traction motor),3A057 (Left traction motor)

Wheel motor blocked The motor cannot turn eventhough it is powered on.

6-21---

3A055

Blade motor blocked The motor cannot turn eventhough it is powered on.

6-22---

6-9

Page 277: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

Mode DTC code(using Dr.H)

Message 1

DetailsRefer

to page

Message 2Message 3Message 4

Warning

3A037

Outside loop The main body (three area sensors) is outside of boundary wire loop.

6-22---

3A036

No loop signal The main body (three area sensors) cannot receive the area signal from the station.

6-23---

3A0133A014

Obstruction detection The obstruction keep activated (more than nine seconds).

6-24_ _ _ _Input your PIN.Wrong PIN

3A012

Excessive Tilt - The mower stays on a sloping surface.- Calibration failure.

6-25_ _ _ _Input your PIN.Wrong PIN

3A011

Lifted The lift sensor keeps activated.

6-26_ _ _ _Input your PIN.Wrong PIN

3A010

Upside down The mower is being turned upside down.

6-27_ _ _ _Input your PIN.Wrong PIN

6-10

Page 278: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

TROUBLESHOOTING FOR FAULT MESSAGE"Keypad" MESSAGE

"Clock" MESSAGEClock function trouble of the display ECU.

Replace the display (page 10-3).

"ENT Key" MESSAGE

"Data memory error" MESSAGEMemory trouble of display ECU.

If the fault message is still displayed after doing the "factory initialize" using Dr.H, replace the display (page 10-3).

Confirm keypad good condition by testing it (page 3-42).

Abnormal

Normal

Keypad trouble of the display ECU. Replace the display (page 10-3).

Temporary failure.

Confirm "ENT key" good condition by testing it (page 3-42).

Abnormal

Normal

Keypad trouble of the display ECU. Replace the display (page 10-3).

Temporary failure.

6-11

Page 279: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Communication error" MESSAGE

"Display unit error" MESSAGE Display ECU trouble.

Replace the display (page 10-3).

"Yaw sensor" MESSAGE Yaw sensor trouble of main ECU.

Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Check for continuity between the main ECU 30P connector and display 8P connector of main wire harness.

·30P connector No.16 terminal (Red) - 8P connector No.1 terminal (Red)

·30P connector No.2 terminal (Red) - 8P connector No.2 terminal (Red)

·30P connector No.19 terminal (Blue) - 8P connector No.3 terminal (Blue)

·30P connector No.20 terminal (Green) - 8P connector No.4 terminal (Green)

·30P connector No.22 terminal (Black) - 8P connector No.5 terminal (Black)

·30P connector No.7 terminal (Yellow) - 8P connector No.6 terminal (Yellow)

·30P connector No.18 terminal (Brown) - 8P connector No.8 terminal (Brown)

No continuity

Continuity

Replace or repair the main wire harness.

Main ECU or display ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7) or display (page 10-3).

6-12

Page 280: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Charging control" MESSAGE

"Battery Temperature" MESSAGE

"Motor sensor R" MESSAGE

"Motor sensor L" MESSAGE

Replace the transformer with a new one and recheck the fault message in the display.

Normal

Abnormal

Faulty original transformer.

Charge plug and/or socket trouble. Replace or repair the charge plug and/or socket trouble (page 10-6, 11-2).

Check the charge plug and socket for damage, bent and rust.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Abnormal

NormalCheck for continuity between the main ECU 2P connector and charge socket terminal

/ of sub wire harness.

·2P connector No.1 terminal (Green) - charge socket terminal (Green)

·2P connector No.2 terminal (Blue) - charge socket terminal (Blue)

Replace or repair the sub wire harness.

Abnormal Normal

Replace the battery with a new one (page 10-7) and recheck the fault message in the display.

Abnormal

Normal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Faulty original battery.

Replace the RH(right hand) traction motor with a new one (page 8-3) and recheck the fault message in the display.

Abnormal

Normal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Faulty original RH(right hand) traction motor.

Replace the LH(left hand) traction motor with a new one (page 8-3) and recheck the fault message in the display.

Abnormal

Normal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Faulty original LH(left hand) traction motor.

6-13

Page 281: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Motor sensor Blade" MESSAGE

"Wheel motor" MESSAGE Abnormal in the traction motor driver circuit of main ECU.

Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

"Blade motor" MESSAGEAbnormal in the blade motor driver circuit of main ECU.

Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

"Wheel motor relay" MESSAGE

"Blade motor relay" MESSAGE

Replace the blade motor with a new one (page 9-2) and recheck the fault message in the display.

Abnormal

Normal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Faulty original blade motor.

Check for continuity between the main ECU 30P connector and display 8P connector of main wire harness.

·30P connector No.18 terminal (Brown) - 8P connector No.8 terminal (Brown)

Abnormal

Normal

Replace or repair the main wire harness.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Check for continuity between the main ECU 30P connector and display 8P connector of main wire harness.

·30P connector No.18 terminal (Brown) - 8P connector No.8 terminal (Brown)

Abnormal

Normal

Replace or repair the main wire harness.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

6-14

Page 282: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Area sensor" MESSAGE

"Obstruction sensor" MESSAGE

Check for continuity between the main ECU 4P connector and area sensor 2P connector / of sub wire harness.

·30P connector No.3 terminal (Red) - 4P connector No.1 terminal (Red)

·30P connector No.4 terminal (Green) - 4P connector No.2 terminal (Green)

·30P connector No.1 terminal (Red) - 4P connector No.1 terminal (Red)

·30P connector No.2 terminal (Green) - 4P connector No.2 terminal (Green)

No continuity

Continuity

Replace or repair the sub wire harness.

Check the area sensors using Dr.H. And then replace the faulty sensor(s) (page 10-5) and recheck.

React Check the obstruction sensor/mount shaft installation (page 10-3, 10-4).

Push the main cover, and then check whether both obstruction sensor detects it and warning screen is displayed.

Not Displayed

Displayed

Temporary failure.

Test both obstruction sensors using Dr.H or test mode (page 3-39).

Not react

Replace the obstruction sensor(s) with a new one(s) (page 10-3) and check the mount shafts installation (page 10-4), and then recheck the fault message on the display.

Normal Faulty original obstruction sensor(s) or poor installation of mount shaft(s).

Abnormal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

6-15

Page 283: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Tilt sensor" MESSAGE

"Lift sensor" MESSAGE

Changed Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Tilt the mower and then check whether tilt sensor detects it and warning screen is displayed.

Displayed

Not displayed

Temporary failure.

Angle direction does not changed in the tilt sensor test of the test mode (page 3-38).

Not changed

Calibrate the tilt sensor (page 3-43). Fault does not reset Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Fault reset

Temporary failure.

React Check the lift sensor/lift sensor plate installation (page 10-5, 7-5).

Lift the main cover, and then check whether both lift sensors detect it and warning screen is displayed.

Displayed

Not displayed

Temporary failure.

Test both sensors using Dr.H or test mode (page 3-37).

Not react

Replace the lift sensor(s) with a new one(s) (page 10-5) and check the lift sensor plates installation (page 7-5), and then recheck the fault message in the display.

Normal Faulty original lift sensor(s) or poor installation of lift sensor plate(s).

Abnormal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

6-16

Page 284: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Rollover sensor" MESSAGE

"Manual stop" MESSAGE

"Battery Error" MESSAGEConnect new battery to the mower and check message again.

• HRM300: 1P battery • HRM500: 2P battery

"Motor ECU Error" MESSAGEMain ECU trouble.

Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Abnormal Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Turn the mower upside down and then check whether tilt sensor or rollover sensor detects it and warning screen is displayed.

Displayed

Not displayed

Temporary failure.

Test the rollover sensor (page 3-40).

Normal

Calibrate the tilt sensor (page 3-43). Fault does not reset Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Fault reset

Temporary failure.

React Check the stop switch installation (page 7-3).Test two stop switches react in the manual stop in test mode (page 3-36).

Not react

Replace the stop switch with a new one (page 7-3), and then recheck the fault message in the display.

Normal Faulty original stop switch.

Abnormal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

6-17

Page 285: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

TROUBLESHOOTING FOR WARNING MESSAGE"No Operation :" MESSAGE

"Clock Reset" MESSAGE

Input the correct PIN code 5 minutes later (page 3-16).

Abnormal

Can input by the ten digits keypad. Cannot input Keypad trouble of the display ECU. Replace the display (page 10-3).

Can input

Forget the PIN code.Connect the Dr.H and convey or re-set the PIN code (see the Dr.H manual).

Normal Temporary failure.

Set the correct the date and time.

Abnormal

Can input by the ten digits keypad. Cannot input Keypad trouble of the display ECU. Replace the display (page 10-3).

Can input

The correct time and date is not reflected, or the indication of time and date is abnormal.

Not reflectedor abnormal

Display ECU trouble. Replace the display (page 10-3).

Normal Temporary failure.

Normal Temporary failure.

6-18

Page 286: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Battery voltage high" MESSAGE

"Battery voltage low" MESSAGE

HRM300/500 is connected to the station.

Temporary failure.

No

Check the battery voltage on the display with docking to the station or using Dr.H.

Yes Disconnect the mower from the docking station.Turn ON the power supply and leave it for an hour. Recheck the warning message in the display.

Abnormal Battery trouble. Replace the battery (page 10-7).

NormalAbnormal

Normal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Charge HRM300/500 at the station.

Check the battery voltage on the display with docking to the station or using Dr.H.

Cannot charge

Check for continuity between the main ECU 2P connector and charge socket terminals ( and ) of sub wire harness. ·2P connector No.1 terminal (Green) - (Green) terminal

·2P connector No.2 terminal (Blue) - (Blue) terminal

Can charge Recheck the warning message in the display.

Normal

Battery trouble. Replace the battery (page 10-7).

Normal

Normal

Temporary failure.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Abnormal

Abnormal

Replace or repair the sub wire harness.

Abnormal

6-19

Page 287: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Battery Temp high" MESSAGE

"Battery Temp low" MESSAGE

Check the temperature in the frame using Dr.H.

Temporary failure.

Replace or repair the sub harness.

60 °C or more Cool HRM300/500 and make the temperature in the frame less than 60 °C. And then turn ON the power supply and leave it for an hour. Recheck the warning message in the display.

Battery trouble. Replace the battery (page 10-7).

NormalCheck for continuity between the main ECU 4P connector and battery 4P connector

of sub wire harness.

·4P connector No.2 terminal (Blue) - 4P connector No.2 terminal (Blue)

Abnormal

Less than 60 °C

Check the battery (page 10-8).

Normal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Normal

Abnormal

Abnormal

Check the temperature in the frame using Dr.H.

Temporary failure.

Replace or repair the sub harness.

Less than 5 °C Turn ON the power supply at the place of 5 °C or more, and leave it for an hour.Recheck the warning message in the display.

Battery trouble. Replace the battery (page 10-7).

Normal

Check for continuity between the main ECU 4P connector and battery 4P connector

of sub wire harness.

·4P connector No.2 terminal (Blue) - 4P connector No.2 terminal (Blue)

Abnormal

5 °C or more

Check the battery (page 10-8).

Normal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Normal

Abnormal

Abnormal

6-20

Page 288: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Blade motor" MESSAGE

"Wheel motor blocked" MESSAGE

The temperature of work motor driver (Main ECU) is more than 85 °C.

Less than 85 °C

Abnormal

More than 85 °C Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Let the mower cool down for an hour at ambient temperature and above 5 °C.Check if warning displayed disappeared.

No continuity Replace or repair the main wire harness.

Both traction motors or one side traction motor does not turn.

Traction motor(s) trouble. Replace the traction motor(s) (page 8-3).

Only one side motor Measure the resistance between the RH or LH traction motor 8P connector or terminals.Traction motor winding: 1.1 - 1.3 Ω ·No.5 terminal (Black) - No.6 terminal (White) ·No.5 terminal (Black) - No.7 terminal (Red) ·No.6 terminal (White) - No.7 terminal (Red)

Normal

Measure the resistance between the RH and LH traction motor 8P connector and terminals.Traction motor winding: 1.1 - 1.3 Ω ·No.5 terminal (Black) - No.6 terminal (White) ·No.5 terminal (Black) - No.7 terminal (Red) ·No.6 terminal (White) - No.7 terminal (Red)

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Abnormal

Both motors

Check for continuity between the main ECU 30P connector and display 8P connector of main wire harness.

·30P connector No.18 terminal (Brown) - 2P connector No.8 terminal (Brown)

Continuity

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Normal

Abnormal

6-21

Page 289: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Blade motor blocked" MESSAGE

"Outside loop" MESSAGE

No continuity Replace the main wire harness.

Blade motor trouble. Replace the blade motor (page 9-2).

Measure the resistance between the blade motor 8P connector terminals.Blade motor winding: 0.6 - 1.8 Ω ·No.5 terminal (Black) - No.6 terminal (White) ·No.5 terminal (Black) - No.7 terminal (Red) ·No.6 terminal (White) - No.7 terminal (Red)

Check for continuity between the main ECU 30P connector and display 8P connector of main wire harness.

·30P connector No.18 terminal (Brown) - 2P connector No.8 terminal (Brown)

Continuity

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Normal

Abnormal

Yes Change the station (pulse signal) type in the set up (page 3-13).

Move HRM300/500 in the mowing zone, and then recheck the warning message in the display.

Normal

Abnormal

Temporary failure.

Other lawnmowers are near the mowing zone.

No

Check whether the boundary wire terminal is correctly connected to the station (page 3-12).

Abnormal Connect the boundary wire terminal to the station correctly.

Normal

Check for continuity the boundary wire.Abnormal Repair the boundary wire.

Normal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

6-22

Page 290: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"No loop signal" MESSAGE

LED of the station is turned on green.

Temporary failure.

Yes Recheck the warning message in the display.

Normal

LED of the station is blinking in umber.

No

Other lawnmowers are near the mowing zone.

Yes

Change the station (pulse signal) type in the set up (page 3-13).

Abnormal

The station (pulse signal) type is set up correctly (page 3-13).

No

Set up the station (pulse signal) type correctly (page 3-13).

No

Check for continuity boundary wire.

Yes

Abnormal

Replace the boundary wire.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Normal

Check whether the boundary wire terminal is correctly connected to the station (page 3-12), and check for continuity the boundary wire.

Yes

LED of the station is turned on red.

No

Station ECU trouble. Replace the station ECU (page 11-2).

Yes

Station ECU trouble. Replace the station ECU (page 11-2).

No

6-23

Page 291: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Obstruction detection" MESSAGE

Input the PIN code (page 3-16).

Temporary failure.

Normal Recheck the warning message in the display.

Normal

Can input by the ten digit keypad.

Abnormal

The main cover is in the correct position.

No

Install the main cover correctly (page 7-5).

Abnormal

Yes

Check for continuity between the main ECU 30P connector and obstruction sensor 3P connector / of main wire harness.

·30P connector No.9 terminal (Green) - 3P connector No.1 terminal (Green)

·30P connector No.24 terminal (Red) - 3P connector No.2 terminal (Red)

·30P connector No.14 terminal (White) - 3P connector No.3 terminal (White)

·30P connector No.12 terminal (Green) - 3P connector No.1 terminal (Green)

·30P connector No.27 terminal (Red) - 3P connector No.2 terminal (Red)

·30P connector No.29 terminal (White) - 3P connector No.3 terminal (White)

Abnormal

Replace or repair the main wire harness.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Normal

Keypad trouble of the display ECU. Replace the display (page 10-3).

Cannot input

Forget the PIN code.Connect the Dr.H and convey or re-set the PIN code (see the Dr.H manual).

Caninput

6-24

Page 292: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Excessive Tilt" MESSAGE

Put HRM300/500 on the level surface (15° or less) and input the PIN code (page 3-16).

Temporary failure.

Normal Recheck the warning message in the display.

Normal

Can input by the ten digits keypad.

Abnormal

Horizontal or vertical direction is shown 0° in the tilt sensor test from the test mode (page 3-38).

Not shown 0°

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Abnormal

Shown 0°

Calibrate the tilt sensor (page 3-43).

Warning reset

Temporary failure.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Warning doesnot reset

Keypad trouble of the display ECU. Replace the display (page 10-3).

Cannot input

Forget the PIN code.Connect the Dr.H and convey or re-set the PIN code (see the Dr.H manual).

Caninput

Calibrate the tilt sensor (page 3-43).

Shown 0°

Temporary failure.

Not shown 0°

6-25

Page 293: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Lifted" MESSAGE

Input the PIN code (page 3-16).

Temporary failure.

Normal Recheck the warning message in the display.

Normal

Can input by the ten digits keypad.

Abnormal

The lift sensor plate is in the correct position.

No

Install the main cover correctly or replace the main cover (page 7-5)

Abnormal

Yes

Check for continuity between the main ECU 30P connector and lift sensor 3P connector / of main wire harness.

·30P connector No.13 terminal (Green) - 3P connector No.1 terminal (Green)

·30P connector No.28 terminal (Red) - 3P connector No.2 terminal (Red)

·30P connector No.30 terminal (White) - 3P connector No.3 terminal (White)

·30P connector No.11 terminal (Green) - 3P connector No.1 terminal (Green)

·30P connector No.26 terminal (Red) - 3P connector No.2 terminal (Red)

·30P connector No.15 terminal (White) - 3P connector No.3 terminal (White)

Abnormal

Replace or repair the main wire harness.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Normal

Keypad trouble of the display ECU. Replace the display (page 10-3).

Cannot input

Forget the PIN code.Connect the Dr.H and convey or re-set the PIN code (see the Dr.H manual).

Caninput

6-26

Page 294: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

TROUBLESHOOTING

"Upside down" MESSAGE

Put HRM300/500 on the level surface (15° or less) and input the PIN code (page 3-16).

Temporary failure.

Normal Recheck the warning message in the display.

Normal

Can input by the ten keypad.

Abnormal

The test is successful in the rollover sensor test from the test mode (page 3-40).

Abnormal

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Abnormal

Normal

Calibrate the tilt sensor (page 3-43).

Warning reset

Temporary failure.

Main ECU trouble. Replace the main ECU (page 10-7).

Warning doesnot reset

Keypad trouble of the display ECU. Replace the display (page 10-3).

Cannot input

Forget the PIN code.Connect the Dr.H and convey or re-set the PIN code (see the Dr.H manual).

Caninput

6-27

Page 295: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MEMO

Page 296: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

7. COVER

7

TOP COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION····7-2

TOP COVER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY··7-3

MAIN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION··7-5

STOP SWITCH INSPECTION······················· 7-6

7-1

Page 297: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

COVER

COVERTOP COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

TOP COVERPUSH-PULL CLIP (2)

REMOVAL:Be careful not to break the hooks.INSTALLATION:Set the front hook at first.

hook (7)

STOP SWITCH 4P CONNECTOR

7-2

Page 298: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

COVER

TOP COVER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLYRemove the top cover (page 7-2).

Remove the two screws [1] and front cover [2].

Remove the height adjust cover [3].

Slide the control cover shaft [1] to the left and removethe right end of the control cover shaft from the hole ofthe top cover [2].

Remove the control cover [3] by releasing the left end ofthe control cover shaft from the hole of the top cover.

Remove the control cover shaft and control coverspring [4] from the control cover.

Remove the stop switch bracket [1] in the direction asshown while pushing the manual stop button [2].

Be careful not to bend the stop switch bracket [1].

Remove the manual stop button shaft [1] in the directionas shown.

Remove the manual stop button [2] and manual stopbutton spring [3].

[1]

[2] [3]

[1]

[2]

[4]

[3]

[1][2]

[1]

[2]

[3]

7-3

Page 299: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

COVER

Remove the stop switch 4P connector [1] fromconnector holder of the top cover [2].

Remove the wire harness from groove of the top cover.

Remove the screw [1], washer [2] and self-lock nut [3],and then rotate the stop switch [4].

Remove the stop switch by releasing the projections [5]of the stop switch from the groove of the top cover.

Assembly is reverse order of disassembly.

• Insert the screws from inner side. • Note the direction of the manual stop button spring. • Be careful not to break the stop switches when

installing the stop switch bracket. • Check whether the manual stop button operates

correctly after installation. • Be careful not to bend the stop switch bracket.

After installation, check the clearance between stopswitch bracket [1] and top cover [2].

The clearance should be 5.2 mm.

If the clearance is not 5.2 mm, adjust it by bending thestop switch bracket carefully.

Do not bend the stop switch bracket excessively.

[1][2]

TORQUE:FRONT COVER SCREW: 1.2 N·m

(0.12 kgf·m, 0.9 lbf·ft)STOP SWITCH SCREW/SELF-LOCK NUT:

0.4 N·m (0.04 kgf·m, 0.3 lbf·ft)

[3]

[2]

[4]

[1]

[4] [5]

5.2 mm

[1]

[2]

7-4

Page 300: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

COVER

MAIN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATIONRemove the top cover (page 7-2).

BOLT (5 x 12 mm) (3)

LIFT WASHER (3)

MAIN COVERWASHER (3)

LIFT SENSOR PLATE (2)·Do not remove the plate from main cover.·Check whether it is installed correctly before main cover installation.

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION:Loosen/tighten the bolt by fixing the mount shaft using a 10 mm wrench.

7-5

Page 301: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

COVER

STOP SWITCH INSPECTIONRemove the stop switch (page 7-3).

Check for continuity between the stop switch 4Pconnector terminals shown in the table below.

RH stop switch

LH stop switch

Switch position

Terminal OFF ON

1 (Black) Continuity No

Continuity2 (White)

Switch position

Terminal OFF ON

3 (Black) Continuity No

Continuity4 (White)

LH STOP SWITCH

RH STOP SWITCH

7-6

Page 302: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

8. WHEEL/TRACTION MOTOR

8

FRONT WHEEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION··························8-2

REAR WHEEL/TRACTION MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ························· 8-3

TRACTION MOTOR INSPECTION··············· 8-4

8-1

Page 303: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

WHEEL/TRACTION MOTOR

WHEEL/TRACTION MOTORFRONT WHEEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATIONRemove the following:

– Top cover (page 7-2)– Main cover (page 7-5)

(inside)

SPLIT PIN (2)

WASHER (4)

FRONT CASTER BUSH (8)

FRONT CASTER

FRONT WHEEL CAP

FRONT CASTER ROD

8-2

Page 304: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

WHEEL/TRACTION MOTOR

REAR WHEEL/TRACTION MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATIONRemove the following:

– Top cover (page 7-2)– Main cover (page 7-5)– Upper frame (page 10-2)– Main ECU (page 10-7)

O-RING

TRACTION MOTOR

SPECIAL BOLT (6 mm) (4)

WOODRUFF KEY

WHEEL

SELF-LOCK NUT (6 mm)

9 N·m (0.92 kgf·m, 6.6 lbf·ft)

11 N·m (1.1 kgf·m, 8 lbf·ft)

WASHER

Avoid grease on the threads.

Avoid grease on washer seating surface.

8-3

Page 305: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

WHEEL/TRACTION MOTOR

TRACTION MOTOR INSPECTIONWINDING RESISTANCE INSPECTIONRemove the traction motor (page 8-3).

Measure the resistance between the traction motor 8Pconnector terminals shown in the table below.

Traction motor 8P connector

Resistance (Ω)(at 20 °C/68 °F)

No.5 (Black) – No.6 (White)

1.1 - 1.3No.5 (Black) – No.7 (Red)

No.6 (White) – No.7 (Red)

/

8-4

Page 306: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

9. BLADE/BLADE MOTOR

9

BLADE/BLADE MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION·············································9-2

BLADE MOTOR INSPECTION ····················· 9-3

9-1

Page 307: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

BLADE/BLADE MOTOR

BLADE/BLADE MOTORBLADE/BLADE MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATIONRemove the following:

– Top cover (page 7-2)– Main cover (page 7-5)– Upper frame (page 10-2)

SPECIAL BOLT (6 mm) (4)

HEIGHT ADJUST HANDLEINSTALLATION:·When handle tightened (when blade disk is on the top), check that the triangle mark faces the front as shown.

·Check that the handle does not interfere with the under frame after installation.

Apply the grease to contact area of the height adjust handle and frame.

triangle mark

O-RING

WOODRUFF KEY

ROTARY BLADE (3)

BLADE HOLDER

BLADE MOTOR HOUSING

INSTALLATION:Route the wire harness in the proper positions securely (page 4-5).

INSTALLATION:·Check the rotary blade for wear and damage before installation.

·Install the rotary blade in the direction as shown.

·Check that the rotary blade rotates smoothly after bolt tightening.

BLADE MOTOR

WASHERSELF-LOCK NUT (8 mm)

BLADE DISK

9 N·m (0.92 kgf·m, 6.6 lbf·ft)BLADE BOLT (3)4.5 N·m (0.46 kgf·m, 3.3 lbf·ft)

blade disk side

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION:Loosen/tighten the self-lock nut by fixing the blade holder using a 17 mm wrench. 29 N·m (3.0 kgf·m, 21 lbf·ft)

5 mm (0.2 in)

Avoid grease on washer seating surface.

Avoid grease on seating surface.

Avoid grease on the threads.

9-2

Page 308: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

BLADE/BLADE MOTOR

BLADE HEIGHT ADJUSTMENTOpen the height adjustment dial cover [1].

Turn the dial [2] anticlockwise to lower the blades, orturn the dial clockwise to raise the blades.Use the numbers on the dial to approximate the heightof the blades.Approximate blade heights for each dial position:

BLADE MOTOR INSPECTIONWINDING RESISTANCE INSPECTIONRemove the blade motor (page 9-2).

Measure the resistance between the blade motor 8Pconnector terminals shown in the table below.

Position Approximate blade height

1 2 cm (0.8 in)

2 3 cm (1.2 in)

3 4 cm (1.6 in)

4 5 cm (2.0 in)

5 6 cm (2.4 in)

[1]

[2]

Blade motor 8P connector Resistance (Ω)(at 20 °C/68 °F)

No.5 (Black) – No.6 (White)

0.6 - 1.8No.5 (Black) – No.7 (Red)

No.6 (White) – No.7 (Red)

9-3

Page 309: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MEMO

Page 310: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

10. OTHER ELECTRICAL

10

UPPER FRAME REMOVAL/INSTALLATION························10-2

DISPLAY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ·······10-3

OBSTRUCTION SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION························10-3

MOUNT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION························10-4

LIFT SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION························10-5

AREA SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ······················· 10-5

CHARGE SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ······················· 10-6

MAIN ECU REMOVAL/INSTALLATION····· 10-7

BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION······ 10-7

BATTERY INSPECTION····························· 10-8

10-1

Page 311: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

OTHER ELECTRICAL

OTHER ELECTRICALUPPER FRAME REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Disconnect the battery 4P connector before disconnecting/connecting the connector from/to main ECU.

Turn OFF the main switch.

Remove the following:

– Top cover (page 7-2)– Main cover (page 7-5)

Remove the special bolts, nuts and special nuts.

Lift the upper frame slightly and disconnect the battery 4P connector. Disconnect the main ECU 30P connector and remove the upper frame.

Remove the frame seal A and B.

Installation is the reverse order of removal.

• Replace and apply grease to the frame seal A and B.

SPECIAL BOLT (6 mm) (12)

INSTALLATION:Tighten the special bolts in the numbered sequence as shown in 2 or 3 steps.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

10

9

11

12

NUT (6 mm) (10)SPECIAL NUT (6 mm) (2)

FRAME SEAL A

FRAME SEAL B

MAIN ECU 30P CONNECTOR

BATTERY 4P CONNECTOR

UPPER FRAME

10-2

Page 312: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

OTHER ELECTRICAL

DISPLAY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

• Do the preventive measure of static electricity beforeremoval/installation. main ECU, display, battery andsensor etc. may be damaged because of staticelectricity (page 3-2).

• If the display is dropped, do not use it because itmay have damaged.

• The display may be damaged, if trash and dust gointo the inside. Perform removal/installation indoors.

Turn OFF the main switch.

Remove the following:

– Top cover (page 7-2)– Main cover (page 7-5)

Remove the six screws [1].

Lift the display [2] slightly and disconnect the 8Pconnector [3]. Remove the display.

• Place the display quietly with the stable position onan insulator without trash, dust, and moisture etc.

Remove the frame seal C [4].

Installation is the reverse order of removal.

• Replace and apply grease to the frame seal C.

OBSTRUCTION SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Do the preventive measure of static electricity beforeremoval/installation. main ECU, display, battery andsensor etc. may be damaged because of staticelectricity (page 3-2).

Turn OFF the main switch.

Remove the upper frame (page 10-2).

Disconnect the 3P connector [1].

Remove the tapping screw [2], washer [3] andobstruction sensor [4].

• Place the obstruction sensor quietly with the stableposition on an insulator without trash, dust, andmoisture etc.

Installation is the reverse order of removal.

• Put the holes [5] of the obstruction sensor in theprojections [6] of the upper frame securely.

TORQUE:DISPLAY SCREW: 1.2 N·m

(0.12 kgf·m, 0.9 lbf·ft)

[1]

[2]

[3][4]

TORQUE:OBSTRUCTION SENSOR SCREW:

0.4 N·m (0.04 kgf·m, 0.3 lbf·ft)

[1]

[2]

[3]

[5]

[4]

[6]

Front obstruction sensor shown:

10-3

Page 313: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

OTHER ELECTRICAL

MOUNT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATIONREMOVALRemove the following:

– Top cover (page 7-2)– Main cover (page 7-5)

INSTALLATIONInstall the mount springs [1] to spring plate [2] andspring washer [3].

Install the spring plate in the position as shown.

• Set the projection [4] of the spring plate between theribs [5] of the upper frame.

Install the mount washer [1] by aligning the projections[2] of the rib with cutouts [3] as shown.

Check whether mount shaft is with the magnet, andinstall the mount shaft.

• Front and right mount shaft are with magnet. • Left mount shaft is without

magnet.

Install the special nuts and mount plate, and tighten thespecial bolts.

• Direct the small projections of the mount plate todownside and install it.

SPRING PLATE

MOUNT SPRING (3)

MOUNT WASHER

SPECIAL NUT (3)

MOUNT PLATE

MOUNT SHAFT

SPECIAL BOLT (6 mm) (3)

SPRING WASHER

Front mount shaft shown:

Front mount shaft: with magnet

Right mount shaft: with magnet

Left mount shaft: without magnet

[3]

[1]

[2] [4]

[5]

[3]

Front mount shaft shown:

[1]

[2]

[3]

Front mount shaft shown:

10-4

Page 314: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

OTHER ELECTRICAL

LIFT SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Do the preventive measure of static electricity beforeremoval/installation. main ECU, display, battery andsensor etc. may be damaged because of staticelectricity (page 3-2).

Turn OFF the main switch.

Remove the upper frame (page 10-2).

Disconnect the 3P connector [1].

Remove the two tapping screws [2] and lift sensor [3].

• Place the lift sensor quietly with the stable positionon an insulator without trash, dust, and moisture etc.

Installation is the reverse order of removal.

• Direct the connector of the lift sensor to inner sideand install it.

AREA SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Do the preventive measure of static electricity beforeremoval/installation. main ECU, display, battery andsensor etc. may be damaged because of staticelectricity (page 3-2).

FRONT RH/LH AREA SENSORTurn OFF the main switch.

Remove the following:

– Top cover (page 7-2)– Main cover (page 7-5)

Disconnect the terminals [1].

Remove the two bolts [2], washers [3], collars [4] andspecial nuts [5].Remove the two special bolts [6] and nuts [7].

Remove the front area sensor cover [8] and frame sealD [9].

Disconnect the 2P connector [10].

Remove the two tapping screws [11] and area sensor[12].

• Place the area sensor quietly with the stable positionon an insulator without trash, dust, and moisture etc.

Installation is the reverse order of removal.

• Direct the connector of the area sensor to backsideand install it.

• Replace the frame seal D.

TORQUE:LIFT SENSOR SCREW: 0.4 N·m

(0.04 kgf·m, 0.3 lbf·ft)

[1]

[2]

[3]

LH lift sensor shown:

TORQUE:AREA SENSOR SCREW: 0.4 N·m

(0.04 kgf·m, 0.3 lbf·ft)

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[9]

[10]

[11]

[12]

[8]

10-5

Page 315: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

OTHER ELECTRICAL

REAR AREA SENSORTurn OFF the main switch.

Remove the upper frame (page 10-2).

Disconnect the 2P connector [1].

Remove the two tapping screws [2] and rear areasensor [3].

• Place the area sensor quietly with the stable positionon an insulator without trash, dust, and moisture etc.

Installation is the reverse order of removal.

• Direct the connector of the rear area sensor to innerside and install it.

CHARGE SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Turn OFF the main switch.

Remove the following:

– Top cover (page 7-2)– Main cover (page 7-5)

Disconnect the terminals [1].

Remove the screw [2], washer [3] and charge socket[4].

Installation is the reverse order of removal.

• Check the charge socket for damage, bent and rustbefore installation. Replace it if necessary.

TORQUE:AREA SENSOR SCREW: 0.4 N·m

(0.04 kgf·m, 0.3 lbf·ft)

[1]

[2]

[3]

TORQUE:CHARGE SOCKET SCREW:

1.2 N·m (0.12 kgf·m, 0.9 lbf·ft)

[2]

[3][4]

[1]

10-6

Page 316: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

OTHER ELECTRICAL

MAIN ECU REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

• Do the preventive measure of static electricity beforeremoval/installation. main ECU, display, battery andsensor etc. may be damaged because of staticelectricity (page 3-2).

• If main ECU is dropped, do not use it because it mayhave damaged.

• main ECU may be damaged, if trash and dust gointo the inside. Perform removal/installation indoors.

Turn OFF the main switch.

Remove the upper frame (page 10-2).

Disconnect the connectors [1] and remove the tractionmotor harness from harness clip [2].

Remove the main ECU [3].

• Place main ECU quietly with the stable position onan insulator without trash, dust, and moisture etc.

Installation is the reverse order of removal.

• Route the wire harness in the proper positionssecurely (page 4-5).

BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

• Do the preventive measure of static electricity beforeremoval/installation. main ECU, display, battery andsensor etc. may be damaged because of staticelectricity (page 3-2).

• If the battery is dropped, do not use it because itmay have damaged.

• The battery may be damaged, if trash and dust gointo the inside. Perform removal/installation indoors.

• Observe the local laws and regulations for disposal.

Remove the main ECU (page 10-7).

• Place main ECU quietly with the stable position onan insulator without trash, dust, and moisture etc.

Remove the two special bolts [1], nuts [2] and battery[3].

[2]

[1]

[3]

[1]

[1]

[3]

HRM500 shown:

[2]

10-7

Page 317: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

OTHER ELECTRICAL

Remove the screws [1], battery upper cover [2] andlower cover [3] from the battery [4].

Remove the battery setting plates [5].

Installation is the reverse order of removal.

Be careful not to damage the tabs.

BATTERY INSPECTIONBATTERY VOLTAGE INSPECTIONRemove the battery (page 10-7).

Measure the voltage between the battery 4P connectorNo.2 terminal and No.3 terminal.

If the battery voltage is low, charge the lawnmower atdocking station.

THERMISTOR RESISTANCE INSPECTIONMeasure the resistance between the battery 4Pconnector No.1 terminal and No.3 terminal.

If measured resistance is not in above table, replace thebattery.

TORQUE:BATTERY CASE SCREW: 0.4 N·m

(0.04 kgf·m, 0.3 lbf·ft)

[1]

[2]

HRM500 shown:

[3]

[4][5]

Battery 4P connector Voltage (V)(at 20 °C/68 °F)

No.1 (Red) – No.4 (Black) 15.0 - 24.9

4P battery shown:

Battery 4P connectorResistance (kΩ)(at – 20 to 60 °C/

– 4 to 140 °F)

No.2 (Blue) – No.4 (Black) 4.7 - 198

To prevent short, make absolutely certain which are the positive and negative terminals or cable.

10-8

Page 318: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

11. DOCKING STATION

11

STATION DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY ·····11-2 TRANSFORMER INSPECTION·················· 11-3

11-1

Page 319: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

DOCKING STATION

DOCKING STATIONSTATION DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

• Do the preventive measure of static electricity before removal/installation. The station ECU may bedamaged because of static electricity (page 3-2).

• If the station ECU is dropped, do not use it because it may have been damaged. • The station ECU may be damaged, if trash and dust go into the inside. Perform removal/installation indoors.

WASHER (2)

BOLT (6 x 32 mm) (2)

CHARGE PLUG UPPER COVER

CHARGE PLUG LOWER COVER

CHARGE PLUG (2)Check the charge plug for damage, bent and rust before installation. Replace it if necessary.

COLLAR (2)

TAPPING SCREW (5 mm) (2)2.0 N·m (0.20 kgf·m, 1.5 lbf·ft)

NUT (6 mm) (2)

STATION SEAL

STATION INDICATOR LENS/INDICATOR LENS GROMMET

Visually inspect the station seal for dust or other damage before installation. If necessary, wipe it with a clean lint-free cloth or replace it. Avoid grease on any electrical parts.

STATION ECU·Hold the side face when you pull it up/down.

·Place the station ECU quietly with the stable position on an insulator without trash, dust, and moisture etc.

STATION

STATION HARNESS COVER

CONNECTOR BASE

STATION HARNESSREMOVAL:Pull out the terminal from connector base after pushing the projection of terminal by a suitable tool.

INSTALLATION:·If the terminal is pulled out from the connector base, replace the station harness.

·Route the wire harness in the proper positions securely (page 4-5).

TAPPING SCREW (5 mm) (4)0.6 N·m (0.06 kgf·m, 0.4 lbf·ft)

STATION COVER

INSTALLATION:Insert the projection of the upper cover into the hole of the lower cover, and then slide the upper cover and hook the projection.

projection

Radio signal cord (page 6-23)

11-2

Page 320: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

DOCKING STATION

TRANSFORMER INSPECTIONCheck for continuity between the terminals oftransformer plug [1].Check for continuity between the terminals oftransformer 2P connector [2].

Measure the resistance between the terminals oftransformer plug [1].

Measure the resistance between the terminals oftransformer 2P connector [2].

Terminal Type Resistance (Ω)(at 20 °C/68 °F)

Plug [1]EAE/EAS 27 - 56

EAB 32 - 63

Terminal Resistance (Ω)(at 20 °C/68 °F)

2P connector [2] 0.6 - 1.8

EAE type shown:

[2]

[1]

EAE type EAS type EAB type

[1]

[2]

11-3

Page 321: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

MEMO

Page 322: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummytext

12. WIRING DIAGRAMS

12

HOW TO READ A WIRING DIAGRAM & RELATED INFORMATION··························12-2

WIRING DIAGRAM ···································· 12-3

12-1

Page 323: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

dummyheaddummyhead

WIRING DIAGRAMS

WIRING DIAGRAMSHOW TO READ A WIRING DIAGRAM & RELATED INFORMATIONThe wiring diagram, connector general layout drawing, connector drawings, and the symbols used in troubleshooting are explainedin this section.

HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAM

1

2

C1

4

5

GND2

T1

T21

2

1310

11

3

C8

C7

12

53

46

710

9 1 25 4 6 710

12

3

12

12

34

91

25

34

87

101

2

92

54

710

12

34

16

12

C10

C9 T8

T6

T7

T5T3

T4

G

G/W

G/R

G/B

l

R/W Br

Br Y

GG

R

R

R R

W

W

W

R

Bl/RBl/Bu

G

G

YY

Bu

W/RBl/R

G

Bl/RBl

(Br)(Br)

G

(Bl/R)

(Bl /Bu)

(Y)

W/RBl/R

(Bu)

(Bl)

BlY

Bu

RW

G

RW

G

RW

G

(G/W)

(G/R)(G/Bl)

(R/W)

(Y)(Bu)

(R)

(R)

(W)

G

MAIN(U)MAIN(V)

SUB(V)SUV(N)

MAIN(W)-vdc

AC1AC2

VCC

VCC

N.C.N.C.

RXDTXD

V2

ECO

HZ

PL

PL

B

B

AA

ES

E

ES

EXIC

CPU

PC

E Reg

LS

IND(-)IND(+)

INVERTER UNIT

IGNITION CONTROL MODULE

FRAME GND

ENGINE STOP SWITCH

30A20A

DC RECEPTACLE(+)(-)

Bl Black Br BrownY Yellow O OrangeBu Blue Lb Light blueG Green Lg Light greenR Red P PinkW White Gr Gray

SYMBOL OF TERMINALIt shows the shape of each terminal to identify whether it is a male or female terminal.

TERMINAL No.

CONNECTOR/TERMINAL No.Every connector and terminal has a number to help the users find the location and shape of the connector and the terminal arrangement by referring to the “Connector general layout drawing” and/or the “Connector drawing”. All the connector/terminal numbers shown in this Service Manual are either of those shown in this section.

Indicates the ground.(Circled GND followed with No. in white background)

: Connector that relays from a harness to a harness (Circled No. in black background)

: Connector that connects to electrical equipment (Circled No. in white background)

: Connector (Circled C followed with No. in white background)

: Terminal (Circled T followed with No. in white background)

: Ground (Circled GND followed with No. in white background)

12-2

Page 324: dummyhead - sub.honda.sesub.honda.se/sites/sub.honda.se/files/Verkstadshandbok_HRM300... · • Disconnect the power supply cable from a power outlet and make ... Model HRM300 HRM500

13-1

13

dummytext

INDEXAAREA SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION···············10-5BBATTERY INSPECTION···············································10-8BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ························10-7BEFORE INSTALLATION···············································3-4BLADE CONDITION CHECK··········································5-3BLADE DISC CONDITION CHECK ································5-3BLADE MOTOR INSPECTION·······································9-3BLADE/BLADE MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ····9-2BOUNDARY WIRE INSTALLATION·······························3-9CCHARGE SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION··········10-6DDIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS···········································1-4DISPLAY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION··························10-3DOCKING STATION CHECK ·········································5-5DOCKING STATION CLEANING ···································5-5DOCKING STATION SCREW CHECK···························5-5EELECTRICAL ··································································1-3ERROR MESSAGE LIST················································6-8FFRONT WHEEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION·················8-2HHARNESS ROUTING ·····················································4-5HOW TO READ A WIRING DIAGRAM & RELATED INFORMATION·····························································12-2HOW TO READ CONNECTOR DRAWINGS ·················4-4LLIFT SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ·················10-5LUBRICATION································································4-3MMAIN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ····················7-5MAIN ECU REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ·······················10-7MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE ·········································5-2MAINTENANCE STANDARDS·······································4-2MANUAL STOP BUTTON OPERATION CHECK···········5-4MOUNT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ···············10-4NNOISE·············································································1-2

OOBSTRUCTION SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ···························································· 10-3PPROGRAMING····························································· 3-15RREAR WHEEL/TRACTION MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ······························································ 8-3RUNNING SPEED·························································· 1-3SSAFETY INSTRUCTIONS·············································· 3-2SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION······································· 1-2SETTING METHODE ··················································· 3-18SPECIFICATIONS·························································· 1-2STATION DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY ······················· 11-2STOP SWITCH INSPECTION········································ 7-6SYSTEM DIAGRAM ······················································· 6-2SYSTEM DISCRIPTION················································· 2-2TTOP COVER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY···················· 7-3TOP COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ····················· 7-2TORQUE VALUES ························································· 4-2TRACTION MOTOR INSPECTION································ 8-4TRANSFORMER INSPECTION··································· 11-3TRANSMISSION AND DRIVING PART ························· 1-3TRANSMISSION AND WORKING PART······················· 1-3TROUBLESHOOTING

BEFORE TROUBLESHOOTING ······························· 6-4DOCKING SYSTEM··················································· 6-4FAULT MESSAGE··················································· 6-11GRASS CUTTING SYSTEM······································ 6-6RUNNING SYSTEM··················································· 6-5WARNING MESSAGE············································· 6-18

TYPE CODE··································································· 1-2UUPPER FRAME REMOVAL/INSTALLATION··············· 10-2WWIRING DIAGRAM······················································· 12-3

INDEX